Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / The Sage Group

The Sage Group

sge · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker sge
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · The Sage Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The Sage Group plc
North Park
Newcastle Upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

www.sage.com

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Leading supplier of software
and services to over 5 million
customers worldwide

T
h
e
S
a
g
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
7

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Sage is one of the leading global suppliers of
business management software and services
to small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”).
Operating in 20 countries worldwide, we aim to
help our customers manage their businesses
more efficiently through the provision of locally
tailored products and quality support service.

2007 financial highlights

Revenue
£1,157.6m
2006: £892.4m*

+30%*

Adjusted EPS**
13.34p

2006: 11.83p^ +13%^

EBITA† margin

2006: 26%*

24%

Total dividend
7.00p
2006: 3.59p

+95%

EBITA†
£283.2m

2006: £235.9m* +20%*

Adjusted pre-tax profit**
£251.3m

2006: £221.3m^ +14%^

Cash generation from operations
Cash flows from operating
activities/EBITA
2006: 107%

112%

Revenue

£m

Adjusted pre-tax profit**

£m

Adjusted EPS**

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

1,157.6
935.6
759.6
687.6
560.3

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

251.3
234.7
196.4
181.1
151.0

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

pence

13.34
12.54
10.49
9.90
8.16

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1

and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets, prior year gain on disposal of £2.7m.
† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.
^ After neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.
Figures included in the graphs above for the years 2003 and 2004 reported under UK GAAP and the results of all comparative years have not been retranslated to current year exchange rates.

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar (London) www.ry.com

Board photography by Andy Wilson

Printed by Granite

This report is printed on Revive 50:50 which is made from 50% recovered
fibre and 50% virgin wood fibre from sustainable forests. It is FSC certified
and produced at a mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 certificate
for environmental management.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited chain
of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the finished
document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control for an environmental management system
against which an organisation can be credited by a third party.

The CO2 emissions from the production and distribution of this report have been
neutralised through UK forestry in Donkleywood, Northumberland National Park.

www.sage.com

TT-COC-2238

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

01

About Sage

2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

About Sage
2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

06 Business review
08 Group strategy

and performance

12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

42 Governance
44 Board of Directors
and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance

statement

56 Remuneration report

68 Financial statements
70 Financial statements

– Group

73 Notes to the accounts

– Group

113 Independent auditors’ report

– Group

114 Financial statements

– Company

115 Notes to the accounts

– Company

120 Independent auditors’ report

– Company

121 Additional information
122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

02

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

About Sage | Chairman’s welcome

Sage recorded another year of strong financial
results, with good growth and profitability across
all our regions. The UK & Ireland, Mainland
Europe and Rest of World regions all reported
excellent performances for the year. North America
delivered good profitability and substantially
expanded its scale in the US through strategically
important acquisitions in 2006.

In light of our on-going financial and commercial
strength and our commitment to creating
shareholder value, we are rebasing our dividend
and are, as a result, significantly increasing our
dividend for the full year.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

03

l

e
m
o
c
e
w
s
’
n
a
m

r
i
a
h
C

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

Dear Shareholder
Sage recorded another year of strong
financial results, with good growth and
profitability across all our regions. The UK &
Ireland, Mainland Europe and Rest of World
regions all reported excellent performances
for the year. North America delivered good
profitability and substantially expanded
its scale in the US through strategically
important acquisitions in 2006. These
achievements result from a consistent and
focused business strategy, underpinned
by continuing investment in our products,
services and underlying systems as well
as the expertise and commitment of our
colleagues. We thank all our people for their
contribution to our success over the year.

Increase in dividend
The Board is strongly committed to enhancing
shareholder value. Over the past year, the
Board reviewed Sage’s capital requirements,
including future investment in our products
and services, potential acquisition funding and
on-going commitment to creating shareholder
value. Following that review, we are pleased to
announce a rebasing of our dividend. We are
confident that our consistently strong cash
flows and recurring revenue streams provide a
solid foundation for future growth through both
organic and acquisition-led investment. In light

of our on-going financial and commercial
strength and our commitment to creating
shareholder value, we are rebasing our
dividend and are, as a result, significantly
increasing our dividend for the full year.
It is our intention to follow a progressive
dividend policy.

As a result of the rebasing of the dividend,
the proposed final dividend is being raised
to 5.73p per share (2006: 2.51p per share),
giving a full year dividend of 7.00p per share
(2006: 3.59p per share), an increase of 95%.

Board changes
I was appointed Chairman on 25 May 2007,
following the resignation of Sir Julian Horn-
Smith on 26 April 2007. We thank Sir Julian
for his contribution to Sage during his tenure.

We subsequently welcomed three new
Board members. David Clayton joined the
Board on 1 October 2007 as Group
Strategy and Mergers and Acquisitions
Director, an executive board position.
Mr Clayton will focus on long-term strategic
planning and our acquisition strategy.
He was previously a non-executive director
of Sage and Senior Independent Director.
Tim Ingram, non-executive director of Sage,
became Senior Independent Director, taking
over from Mr Clayton on 25 July 2007.

On 1 November 2007, Ian Mason, Chief
Executive of Electrocomponents plc, joined
the Board as a non-executive director. Mark
Rolfe, former Finance Director of Gallaher
Group plc, joined the Board on 1 December
2007 as a non-executive director and will
from 1 April 2008 chair the Audit Committee.
We welcome Messrs Mason and Rolfe to
the Board and look forward to their
valuable contributions.

On 11 October 2007, as part of the
reorganisation of our North American
business, Ron Verni (CEO, North America)
stepped down from the Sage Board as
executive director. We thank Mr Verni for his
long service to Sage and for successfully
developing our North American business.

Outlook
The new year has started well, with all
regions performing in line with our
expectations. Whilst we recognise the
current uncertainties in the macro-economic
situation, the defensive characteristics of our
business mean that we are well placed to
meet these challenges.

Tony Hobson
Chairman

04

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

About Sage | Group overview

Presence in 20 countries

Sage operates a decentralised organisational structure with four regions managing day-to-day
business activities. Each region – UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe, North America and Rest of World
– is run by a regional management team headed by a regional CEO. The regions all report into the
parent Company, The Sage Group plc, which sets the Company’s longer term strategic direction,
as well as providing central services such as financial controls and management, HR, business
development, corporate responsibility and corporate communications.

With our strategic focus on developing products tailored to our local markets, all business
functions, such as research and development, sales and marketing and service support,
are organised by our regions.

3

1

2

4

4

4

Revenue by region

Revenue by sector

4

1

E

A

D

2

C

3

B

1 UK & Ireland
2 Mainland Europe
3 North America
4 Rest of World

£224.1m
£349.1m
£508.1m
£76.3m

A Accounting
B Industry-specific
C HR and payroll
D Customer Relationship 
  Management (“CRM”) 
E Payment processing

Total

£1,157.6m Total

£561.7m
£342.5m
£139.4m

£66.4m
£47.6m

£1,157.6m

UK & Ireland

Countries of operation: United
Kingdom and Republic of Ireland.

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA

2007
2006

£m

224.1
204.4

£m

82.6
75.6

Sectors: Accounting, HR and payroll,
industry-specific solutions, CRM,
payment processing services.

Key products: KCS (HR, payroll and
time & attendance), Protx (payment
processing), Sage 50 Accounts,
Sage 50 ACT!, Sage 50 Forecasting,
Sage 50 Payroll, Sage 200, Sage 1000,
SageCRM, Sage Instant, Sage Intelligent
Reporting, Sage MMS, Sage Practice
Suite, SalesLogix, Snowdrop (HR and
payroll), TAS Books.

Page 16 for more information

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

05

Our strengths

Global leadership
Sage is one of the leading global suppliers of business
management software and services to SMEs. We are
the leading supplier in our chosen market segment
concentrating primarily on customers whose
businesses have less than 500 employees.

Our principles
Our 2010 strategy is based on our core principles
of Simplicity, Agility, Innovation, Integrity and Trust.
Each of our operating companies adapts and
implements these principles in a manner appropriate
to their markets.

2010 strategy
We aim to differentiate ourselves from our competition
by building closer relationships with our customers
through the provision of outstanding customer service,
product and service innovation and improving the ease
of using our products.

Worldwide distribution
The diversity of our distribution channels is one
of our key strengths. Worldwide, we have over
40,000 advisers and 25,000 business partners
and certified consultants.

Mainland Europe

North America

Rest of World

Countries of operation: France,
Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Belgium,
Spain, Portugal and Poland.

Countries of operation: United States
and Canada.

Countries of operation: South Africa,
Australia, Singapore, China, UAE,
Malaysia, India and Saudi Arabia.

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA

2007
2006

£m

Revenue

349.1
295.9*

2007
2006

£m

EBITA
†

80.6
65.7*

2007
2006

£m

Revenue

508.1
329.1*

2007
2006

£m

EBITA

100.0
78.0*

2007
2006

£m

76.3
63.0*

£m

20.0
16.6*

Sectors: Accounting, industry-specific
solutions, HR and payroll, CRM.

Key products: France: Ciel!, Sage Coala,
Sage Cogestib, Elit, Sage 100, Sage 1000,
Sage X3 Entreprise, XRT; Spain: Logic
Control, SP; Germany/Switzerland:
Baürer, Classic Line, Office Line,
ProConcept, Sesam, Simultan; Poland:
Symfonia; CRM: ACT!, SageCRM,
SalesLogix.

Sectors: Accounting, industry-specific
solutions, payment processing services,
CRM, HR and payroll.

Key products: Business Management
Division: ACT!, Peachtree, Sage Accpac
ERP, SageCRM, Sage FAS, Sage MAS
90/200/500 ERP, SalesLogix, Simply
Accounting; Industry & Specialised
Solutions Division: Sage Abra, Sage
Compliance Services, Sage MIP Fund
Accounting, Sage Timberline Office;
Sage Healthcare Division; Sage Payment
Solutions Division.

Sectors: Accounting, HR and payroll,
industry-specific solutions, CRM.

Key products: South Africa: Pastel,
VIP Payroll; Australia: Handisoft,
MicrOpay; Singapore: Creative;
Malaysia: UBS; All: Accpac ERP, ACT!,
SageCRM, SalesLogix.

Page 20 for more information

Page 24 for more information

Page 28 for more information

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1 and

a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
o
p
u
o
r
G

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

06

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review

08 Group strategy and performance
12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

07

About Sage
2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

06 Business review
08 Group strategy

and performance

12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

42 Governance
44 Board of Directors
and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance

statement

56 Remuneration report

68 Financial statements
70 Financial statements

– Group

73 Notes to the accounts

– Group

113 Independent auditors’ report

– Group

114 Financial statements

– Company

115 Notes to the accounts

– Company

120 Independent auditors’ report

– Company

121 Additional information
122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

08

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Group strategy and performance

I am pleased to report that Sage has had another
successful year, significantly surpassing the
milestone of £1 billion in revenues. The Group
once again delivered double digit revenue and
adjusted profit growth and substantial cash
generation whilst achieving revenue growth of 7%*.

Going into 2008, we anticipate further good
performances in the UK & Ireland, Mainland
Europe and Rest of World. In North America,
we expect to see the early results of the actions
taken within this business in 2007.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

09

Group results
I am pleased to report that Sage has had
another successful year, significantly
surpassing the milestone of £1 billion in
revenues. The Group once again delivered
double digit revenue and adjusted profit
growth and substantial cash generation
whilst achieving revenue growth of 7%*.

We have continued to experience good
organic revenue growth whilst expanding
our product and services portfolio through
strategic acquisitions. Revenues increased
30%* to £1,157.6m (2006: £892.4m*),
with a significant contribution from prior year
acquisitions of £283.4m, or 24% of total
revenues. Organic revenue growth for the
year was 7%*, as reported in both the first
and second halves of the year.

Total software licence revenues were
£343.7m (2006: £308.1m*), with organic
growth of 4%*. Total services revenues
increased to £813.9m (2006: £584.3m*),
benefiting from strong organic growth of 9%*
for the year.

To facilitate a comparison of results we use
adjusted profitability as described on pages
32 and 33. We again reported good growth
in profitability with EBITA† increasing 20%*
to £283.2m (2006: £235.9m*). Adjusted
earnings per share** grew 13%^ to 13.34p
(2006: 11.83p^).

Product and service strategy
Customer demand for combined software
and service contracts continues to grow.
This type of offering now makes up 59%
of our services revenues and contributed
to our strong growth in this area. Customers
have shown that they are willing to pay for
excellent, value-added service that helps
them to run their businesses more efficiently.
This continuous service model is very familiar
to Sage, and presages potential future
changes to our market. Broadband and
internet usage are increasingly evident
across our SME customer base and present
exciting opportunities for the deployment of
new products and services.

We have introduced several products which
are web-enabled or available as a hosted
“on-demand” service, including Sage 50
Accounts Professional Online in the UK and

SageCRM.com and Accpac ERP in North
America. There are very early signs that
customers are increasingly receptive to
utilising the efficiencies that web-based
technologies offer in delivering business
applications. In addition, we plan to introduce
additional web-enabled and hosted products
and services across the Group in the near
future, although we anticipate that adoption
of these will be gradual, and that for the
foreseeable future a combination of desktop
applications, web-enabled and hosted
systems will be used by SME customers.

Specialist sectors
Industry-specific and
specialised solutions
As our customers’ needs evolve, they
increasingly demand more sophisticated
business software solutions to manage
both front office and financial back office
operations and integrate management of all
their business requirements. Over the years,
our product and services mix has adapted
to meet our customers’ changing needs,
moving from pure back office accounting
solutions to introducing solutions applicable
to the more specialised requirements of
specific industries, such as manufacturing,

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1

and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets, prior year gain on disposal of £2.7m.
† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.
^ After neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.

y
g
e
t
a
r
t
s
p
u
o
r
G

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

y
g
e
t
a
r
t
s
p
u
o
r
G

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
d
n
a

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
d
n
a

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

10

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Group strategy and performance

We see many opportunities arising from
the changing needs of our core SME
customer base, which this year reached
5.5 million customers.

construction and real estate, transport and
distribution, healthcare and retail, which now
comprise almost 30% of our total revenues.
We anticipate that customer demand for
industry-specific solutions will continue to
grow, providing a continuing source of
growth for our product offerings.

Industry-specific and specialised solutions

UK & Mainland

North Rest of
Europe America World

Ireland

Healthcare
•
HR and payroll
Construction/real estate •
Transport/distribution
Payment processing
Accountancy
Not-for-profit
Manufacturing
Retail

•
•

•
•

•

•

•
•

•

•
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

•
•
•
•

North America reported a mixed
performance from the three core products.
SageCRM delivered strong growth, albeit off
a small base. This good performance was
offset by the performance of ACT! where
fewer large corporate contracts were closed
compared to the prior year. The new release
of SalesLogix was well received, although
sales in the year were lower than anticipated.

In the UK & Ireland, our second largest
market for CRM, ACT!, SalesLogix and
SageCRM all reported very strong growth,
as demand for CRM software is firmly
established, and our CRM products are
increasingly integrated into the Sage 50,
Sage 200 and Sage 1000 product suites.

CRM had a good year in France and
Germany, where mid-market demand for
CRM is growing rapidly, although the market
is still immature relative to North America.
Investments were made in resources and
marketing over the year to position the
business for further growth in CRM in the
near future. Rest of World also reported
strong growth in these fledgling markets.

Our customers also now demand a wider
range of products and services relating to
specialist areas such as HR and payroll,
payment processing services and CRM
(see below), which are all showing very
healthy rates of growth. Our strategy is to
focus on these new product areas and
integrate them into our existing product
solutions as integrated product suites.
The early signs in the UK, which has led
this initiative, are that integrated solutions will
prove increasingly popular with our customer
base, and we expect gradually to extend this
concept to our other regions.

Customer Relationship
Management (“CRM”)
CRM is one of our specialist global
applications. We offer three products in
our CRM range: ACT! at the entry-level,
SageCRM/SageCRM.com in the mid-
market, which is increasingly integrated
into our product suites, and SalesLogix,
a highly customisable product for the
upper mid-market.

North America is our largest market for CRM,
accounting for 65% of our global CRM
revenues. The UK & Ireland accounts for
a further 22% of CRM revenues. Mainland
Europe and Rest of World account for the
remaining revenues, as these markets
increasingly adopt CRM solutions.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

11

2010 strategy

Objective

Be a key leader in all markets of the world

Strategy

Progress

Supply business management software
and services that help our customers
run their businesses more efficiently

We continue to strive to improve our leading
market positions in all our major markets

Develop products and services which are the
most compelling fit with a customer’s country
and industry

Maintain high levels of quality service support
that feed back into the product and services
development cycle

Our focus on improving support levels has
contributed to a net increase in contract
retention

Have the most trusted brands

Position our brands to meet our customers’
requirements

Investment in consistent core identity
and future brand development

Have the most satisfied and active customers
in our industry

Focus on product innovation and value-added
services to meet the changing needs of
our customers

544,000 upgrades in 2007
82,000 migrations in 2007
90,000 net new service contracts in 2007

Experience superior organic revenue growth
versus our peer group

Develop products and services that meet
the changing needs of our customers

Two regions reported double digit organic
revenue growth for the year
Continual improvement in the Group’s organic
revenue growth rate remains a strategic priority
for our businesses

Be recognised as one of the most
admired employers

Building organisational capability to drive
business performance

Invest in talent management, people
development and HR processes

2010 strategy
It is our stated objective that in the medium
term, we will be focusing on improving further
our service support levels in North America.
Excellent service support leads to improved
customer satisfaction levels which drive
our upgrade and migration strategies.
Maintaining our reputation for support
excellence is consequently a key
strategic objective.

We continue to listen to our customers’
through the 7.5 million customer calls we
take globally every year. Customer feedback
is an essential component of our product
development that allows us to introduce
regular product improvements as well
as compelling product upgrades that meet
our customers’ changing needs.

Improving organic revenue growth remains
our primary objective as it measures our
success in continuously innovating our
business management solutions and
changing to meet the evolving needs
of our customers. Customers will remain
at the heart of our business strategy.

We have successfully followed a focused
and targeted strategy that has made our
business one of the leading suppliers
of business management software and
services in the world. We plan on building
on our market-leading position going
forward, and we have set out a long-term
strategy to accomplish that objective.
Over the year, we achieved significant
progress towards our 2010 goals, as
shown in the table above.

Outlook
Going into 2008 we anticipate further good
performances in the UK & Ireland, Mainland
Europe and Rest of World. In North America,
in this new financial year, we expect to see
the early benefits of the actions taken within
this business, with a modest improvement
in organic growth. We will increase our
investment in our North American business
to build sustainable organic growth in the
medium term.

We see many opportunities arising from the
changing needs of our core SME customer
base, which this year reached 5.5 million.
Developments in technology, a greater
demand for customised solutions and the
increasing use of value-added products and
services all provide a rich source of long-
term growth from which we are well-placed
to benefit.

Whilst we recognise the current uncertainties
in the macro-economic situation, the
defensive characteristics of our business
model, including strong cash flows and
a high percentage of recurring revenues
through our service support contracts,
mean that we are well placed to meet
these challenges.

Paul Walker
Chief Executive

y
g
e
t
a
r
t
s
p
u
o
r
G

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
d
n
a

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

12

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Our business and markets

Our guiding principles

Simplicity

Agility

Innovation

Integrity

Trust

High quality, innovative
solutions help our
customers manage their
business processes.
We aim to make it easier
for our customers to do
business with us and easier
for them to use our
products and services.

The changing nature of
our customers’ businesses
requires us to respond
quickly to market
developments. Our
decentralised management
structure enables us to
be flexible and agile in
the markets in which
we operate.

The competitive nature
of our market environment
demands that we are
adept in anticipating our
customers’ needs and
introducing products and
services that address
their immediate business
requirements. We aim to
be first to market with
creative solutions to our
customers’ needs.

Our long-term relationships
with customers, suppliers,
shareholders and
employees are based on
mutual trust and integrity.
This is the cornerstone
of our stakeholder strategy.
Integrity in our corporate
relationships has
always been central
to corporate vision.

Our customers depend
on us to deliver products
and services to run
their businesses more
effectively. We take that
responsibility seriously
and strive to fulfil our
customers’ expectations.

Marketplace overview
Sage is one of the leading global suppliers
of business management software and
services to SMEs.

complementary products for sales and
customer service, industry-specific
production processes and management
reporting.

Our goal is to help the customers we serve
run their businesses more efficiently, helping
them to gain greater insight into their
business activities and providing them
with lasting benefits by automating their
business processes.

With the benefit of local understanding and
insight, we provide software and services
that are relevant, practical and useful for the
demands of today’s SMEs. Handling on
average 32,000 customers’ calls a day
allows us to have a profound understanding
of their needs. Our excellent customer
service and our customer-centric approach
are designed to engender customer loyalty,
whilst at the same time setting us apart from
our competition. The quality of our products
and service encourages recommendation
by our customers, as well as by over
40,000 accountants in practice.

In our established markets such as the UK &
Ireland, Mainland Europe and North America,
much of the growth in the software sector
is being driven by SMEs extending their
business process automation. We are
meeting SMEs’ changing needs by offering

In emerging markets such as Africa and Asia,
growth is being driven by small businesses
computerising their business processes for
the first time. Our model of expanding by
acquiring a leading local player in accounting
or payroll software allows us to choose the
ideal time to enter these markets and
ensures that Sage solutions meet the unique
needs of these local businesses.

We add value to new acquisitions by
bringing operational excellence to their local
initiatives and helping them to introduce
models to manage their customer service
and support related activities more effectively.

These strategies have been proven to deliver
consistent growth in our established markets
over the past decade.

The core of our products cover accounting,
but Sage is not just about accounting
software. Our product range also includes:
•
Payroll
• CRM
•
•
• HR

Financial forecasting
Job costing

•
•

Business intelligence
Taxation and other products
for accountants
•
Business stationery
• Development platforms
•
•

E-business
Payment processing

We also offer tailored software for the needs
of business within some specific industries
that enhance our core products, including:
• Healthcare
• Construction/real estate
Transport/distribution
•
Accountancy
•
• Not-for-profit
• Manufacturing
•

Retail

SMEs highly value quality customer support
and locally tailored products, which we have
made the cornerstone of our successful
business strategy. Customer focus is at the
heart of our business model, and we aim to
build customer loyalty through the provision
of outstanding service and relevant product
innovation. The loyalty of our customer base
remains one of our strongest barriers to
competitive entry and has helped us over the
years to build a customer base of over five
million. This year alone, we added 319,000
new customers.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

13

Executive Committee

Paul Walker

Group Chief
Executive

Paul Harrison

David Clayton

Paul Stobart

Guy Berruyer

To be appointed

Ivan Epstein

Michael Robinson

Group Finance
Director

Group Strategy
and Mergers and
Acquisitions
Director

CEO
UK & Ireland

CEO
Mainland Europe
and Asia

CEO
North America

CEO
South Africa
and Australia

Company
Secretary and
Group Legal
Director

Klaus-Michael
Vogelberg

Chief Technology
Officer

Karen Geary

Group Director of
Human Resources
and Corporate
Communications

Customer base 

C

A

B

Number of employees 
A < 25
B 26–100 
C > 100

2007
83%
10%
7%

As a global company, we face a wide
range of market conditions. In all our
markets, we are one of the market leaders
supplying business management solutions
to our target market of SMEs, which we
define as businesses with typically less
than 500 employees. The core of our
business is customers with less than 100
employees, these account for 93% of our
customer base.

Strategy and guiding principles
Our strategic vision is to continue to be one
of the leading global suppliers of business
management software solutions to SMEs.
This is a sector in which we have specialised
for over 25 years, and it forms the basis of
our strategic positioning.

Our business philosophy is founded on
the belief that SMEs want locally designed
solutions that meet the unique legal and
regulatory environment of their local market.
Our local focus allows us to develop
compelling products tailored to specific
market requirements, but with the support
of a respected global brand. This focus
on local markets differentiates us from our
competition and has contributed to our
successful growth strategy over the years.

Our guiding principles are more than just
words; they are effective strategic shorthand
to running our business most effectively
along the principles that made Sage
successful since its creation. Application
of our guiding principles is inherent in the
operating plans of each of our businesses,
with the focus on improving the application of
each principle to our business processes.

Management structure
To allow us to leverage the power of our local
expertise, we operate a deliberately devolved
organisational structure, with four regions:
UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe, North
America and Rest of World. The regional
businesses report into the Group, but have
substantial independence in determining
their own business strategy and product
development as appropriate to the
conditions in their local markets. The CEOs
of each of these regions are represented
on our Executive Committee which also
comprises senior members of our Group
management team. The Executive
Committee structure is shown in the
diagram above.

s
t
e
k
r
a
m
d
n
a

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

s
s
e
n
s
u
b
r
u
O

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

14

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Our business and markets

2007 acquisitions

Date

November 2006

April 2007

May 2007

July 2007

September 2007

Total enterprise value

Other smaller acquisitions

Payment of deferred consideration on prior year acquisitions

Deferred consideration on current year acquisitions

Net cash paid

Company

Protx Group Ltd

Pro-Concept SA

Industry specialism

Country

Enterprise value (£m)

Payment processing services

UK

Accounting: Mid-market

Switzerland

Snowdrop Systems Ltd

HR and payroll

UK

Creative Software Pte Ltd

HR and payroll

Singapore, Malaysia

XRT SA

Treasury and cash management France, Spain, South America

£20.7m

£5.8m

£17.2m

£3.1m

£26.3m

£73.1m

£11.0m

£13.2m

(£1.1m)

£96.2m

Distribution strength
Our distribution strength remains one of
our key competitive advantages, and our
business partners play an important role
in promoting our products and services.
As customers demand increasing levels
of tailored products and specialised services,
the role of our business partners will continue
to develop. Our business partners are a
key component in our customer
relationship strategy.

Acquisition strategy
Acquisitions remain an important part of our
growth strategy, and we continue to pursue
a number of acquisition opportunities which
could expand our product and service
offering to SMEs in both new and existing
territories. During the year, we completed five
principal acquisitions, for an enterprise value
of £73.1m. A further acquisition, KCS Global
Holdings Limited, was completed in October
2007 for an enterprise value of £20.0m.

SMEs rely on professional advisers such as
bank managers and accountants for advice
on managing their businesses. We have over
25,000 business partners globally as well as
40,000 accountants recommending our
products. This strong referral and distribution
network constitutes one of our competitive
advantages.

We continue to build on and innovate in
our routes to market, through new business
partners such as banks. We are preparing
and adapting products and services
for these new distribution initiatives to
complement our existing channels.

Three acquisitions were in the fast-growing
field of HR and payroll services. The
acquisition of Creative, with businesses in
Singapore and Malaysia, consolidates our
position as one of the leading suppliers of
HR and payroll services in South East Asia.
Snowdrop and KCS build on our existing
product offering in this area in the UK, whilst
the acquisition of Protx adds payment
processing capability to our UK solutions.
Pro-Concept in Switzerland extends our
accounting solutions in Mainland Europe.
XRT, with operations in France and Spain,
as well as South America, complements
our existing capabilities in treasury and cash
management, which we acquired in 2003
with Concept in Mainland Europe.

A summary of the acquisitions made over
the year is set out in the table above.

The three principal acquisitions completed
in 2006, Verus, Emdeon and Adonix, have
contributed to strong revenue and profit
growth, and will, from 2008, begin to
contribute to our organic growth. Adonix was
integrated into a new mid-market division in
France. Verus, now renamed Sage Payment
Solutions Division, has completed the
integration of its payment solutions into
Peachtree and Emdeon. Emdeon Practice
Services, now renamed Sage Healthcare
Division, has strengthened its management
team and is focused on improving its
operational efficiency and developing its
market position. The search for a permanent
CEO of this division is well advanced, with
the division currently under the experienced
management of an interim CEO.

Key performance indicators
As summarised on page 11, our corporate
strategy is focused on creating value and
building a strong, sustainable business with
high levels of customer satisfaction. We
monitor our performance against a number
of different benchmarks which allow us to
measure the value we are creating for both
our customers and our shareholders.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

15

Key performance indicators

1 Adjusted EPS** growth

2 Organic revenue growth

3 EBITA† margin

2006: 20%

13%^

2006: 7%

7%*

2006: 26%*

24%

4 Cash generation
from operations

5 Renewal rates on maintenance

and support contracts

2006: 107%

112%

2006: 80%

81%

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1

and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.
** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets, prior year gain on disposal of £2.7m.
^ After neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.

4 Cash generation from operations
Cash flows from operating activities divided by
EBITA provide a measure of the ability of the
Group to yield cash from its on-going business
to reinvest and fund liabilities. The Group aims
to maintain positive cash generation from
operations.

5 Renewal rates on maintenance and
support contracts
Customer retention is an important measure of
competitiveness in the market. Renewal rates
are calculated as the number of maintenance
and support contracts which were renewed in
the period divided by the number of contracts
which were potentially renewable in the period.

1 Adjusted EPS growth
Adjusted EPS represents income for the
financial year, prior to the amortisation
of intangible assets, divided by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares in issue
during the year. This is after the neutralisation
of foreign exchange movements.

2 Organic revenue growth
Organic revenues are derived from our core
business operations, excluding the contribution
from acquisitions and disposals made in the
current and prior year, along with non-core
products. Current year revenue is compared to
the prior financial year translated on consistent
exchange rates to eliminate distortions due to
fluctuations in exchange rates.

3 EBITA margin
EBITA is defined as earnings before interest, tax
and amortisation. This measure excludes the
effects of amortisation of acquired intangible
assets and the net amortisation or capitalisation
of software development expenditure. The EBITA
margin represents EBITA divided by revenue for
the year.

In selecting these key performance
indicators, we have incorporated our 2010
strategic goals set out on page 11, and
which we believe are manifest in a strong
and growing market.

Consistent and sustainable earnings growth,
good organic revenue growth and strong
cash generation from our businesses are key
performance indicators on the health of our
business. Over the year, we performed well
against these financial benchmarks and in
line with our forecasts at the beginning of
the financial year.

We also closely monitor the degree of
customer satisfaction relating to our products
and services. We take over 7.5 million calls a
year, or over 32,000 calls a day, from all over
the world. This customer feedback helps us
improve our products and services as well
as providing a rich source of input on
customer satisfaction levels.

A key performance indicator of customer
satisfaction is the level of renewal rates on
our service support contracts. Customers
who choose to renew their service contracts,
upgrade their software or migrate to new
Sage products, by definition must have
a high degree of satisfaction with Sage.
Our renewal rates historically have been
over 80% and in 2007 we again achieved
this high rate of customer renewal.

i

s
s
e
n
s
u
b
r
u
O

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

s
t
e
k
r
a
m
d
n
a

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

16

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | UK & Ireland

UK & Ireland
A clear focus on the customer, on-going
innovation in software and service, and
the outstanding efforts of our people have
combined to deliver a year of strong
organic growth.

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA

2007
2006

Customers

2007
2007 New customers

Contracts

2007
2007 New contracts

Revenue by sector 

E

A

D

£m

224.1
204.4

£m

82.6
75.6

’000
7
741
40

’000
’
363
12

C

B

A Accounting 
B Industry-specific 
C HR and payroll 
D CRM
E Payment processing 

2007 2006

53%    54%
10%    11%
29%    29%
6% 6%
2% 0%

Countries of operation: United
Kingdom and Republic of Ireland.

Key products: KCS (HR, payroll and
time & attendance), Protx (payment
processing), Sage 50 Accounts,
Sage 50 ACT!, Sage 50 Forecasting,
Sage 50 Payroll, Sage 200, Sage 1000,
SageCRM, Sage Instant, Sage Intelligent
Reporting, Sage MMS, Sage Practice
Suite, SalesLogix, Snowdrop (HR and
payroll), TAS Books.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

17

1

A Woman’s Touch

www.awomanstouch.org.uk
Business:

Location:
Sage products: Sage 50

Property maintenance/
project management/DIY training
London, UK

Regional results
UK & Ireland revenues grew by 10% overall
to £224.1m (2006: £204.4m) with strong
organic growth of 7%. Sage 50, our core UK
product, grew by 7%, through the application
of a strategy combining innovation, product
quality and high quality service. Our fully
integrated product suite solutions, Sage 200
and Sage 1000, launched this year, were
very well received by both customers and
business partners, reporting strong growth
since launch. New products and services in
the areas of HR and payroll, as well as
increased functionality in accounting, CRM
and Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”)
also contributed to our strong growth over
the year.

The EBITA margin was maintained at 37%
(2006: 37%).

The UK business made two acquisitions in
the year, plus an additional acquisition after
the close of the financial year. Protx, the
payment solutions company, has performed
strongly, growing revenues by 56% on a like-
for-like basis. Snowdrop, the mid-market HR
and payroll services provider, brings a new
mid-market capability to our existing HR
services. KCS was acquired in October
2007, after the close of the financial year.
KCS further strengthens Sage’s mid-market
payroll service, complementing and
broadening Snowdrop’s HR and payroll
offerings. These two acquisitions conform to
our strategy of expanding our product and
services offering to our SME customer base
and mean that we now have a powerful
product portfolio in HR and payroll.

1 Sage 50 is entry-level accounting software
and has all the standard features needed to
manage customers and suppliers.

Kerrie Keeling set up A Woman’s Touch as an
interior and exterior decorating company in 2003
having spent seven years working for one of the
City of London’s leading investment banks.

The company started off with small scale jobs
from supportive friends and family members but
quickly expanded, employing a team of all female
trades people as its excellent reputation spread.

The business has now been in operation for
four years, employs 20 people, and has
expanded from interior and exterior decorating
into carpentry, plumbing, tiling, roofing and
electrics. A Woman’s Touch now has the
capabilities to refurbish an entire house from
a shell to completion.

As the business has grown, Keeling has
increasingly been involved in “off-tools” activity
behind the scenes, ensuring that the business
is run efficiently and that there is a constant
flow of work.

Until recently Keeling had been running the
financial side of the business through increasingly
complex spreadsheets. This format was adequate
when the business was in its infancy and the
financial set up was much simpler. However,
with 20 employees and multiple projects running
concurrently, this method of financial planning
became unwieldy and inefficient.

As the business has expanded and the finances
have become more sophisticated, Keeling
chose Sage 50 in order to meet her growing
business demands and give her an even more
accurate view of her business’ financial health.

t
u
o
b
A

e
g
a
S

i

w
e
v
e
r

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

d
n
a
e
r
I

l

&
K
U

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

18

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | UK & Ireland

2

The Fin Machine
Company Limited

www.fin-machine.co.uk
Business:

Manufacturer of special purpose
capital equipment used within the
global automotive industry
Co. Durham, UK

Location:
Sage products: Sage 200 Commercials

Our business
Our vision for the UK & Ireland business is
to be the business software company that
everyone recommends. This means putting
the customer at the forefront of everything
we do. It is through this focus on the
customer that we are market leader in the
region. Sage 50, our flagship offering in the
UK & Ireland, is now in its 26th year and
continues to deliver strong organic growth,
in large part because of its ease-of-use and
affordability, backed up by outstanding
support.

Looking forward, we are determined to
do even more for the customer in the UK
& Ireland. Our UK & Ireland business is
committed to the delivery of a “breathtaking
customer experience”: breathtaking,
because the quality of every interaction
between Sage and its customers needs to
be outstanding if we are to continue to
differentiate ourselves from the competition;
and experience, because it is the sum of all
the interactions with Sage that will encourage
a customer to do more business with us,
and to recommend us to others. Every
interaction counts: the impact of the Sage
brand; the way customers find out about
Sage; the process of selecting, buying and
registering the software; the experience of
using the software; getting support;
accessing online services; being kept
informed about any fiscal or legal

developments that might impact the
customer; and responding in a timely and
efficient manner whenever the customer
needs our help and support. By delivering
this breathtaking experience, we will drive
new customer acquisition and continued
strong growth in revenue.

We continue to invest in, and deliver,
business software that meets individual
customer needs. This year we have made
significant improvements to the usability and
integration capability of our three flagship
business software suites: Sage 50; Sage
200; and Sage 1000. We continue to add
new modules to the suites in response to
customer demand. Sage 50, for example,
now offers not only core financial and payroll
functionality but a range of additional
modules including contact management,
business reporting, and people management
modules, and, in addition, a series of
industry-specific modules for the retail,
manufacturing and construction industries.

Our customers have shown continuing
strong interest in CRM software. In response
to this demand we have invested significant
resource in improving the integration
between our CRM offerings (ACT!,
SageCRM and SalesLogix) and our business
software suites: Sage 50, Sage 200 and
Sage 1000. These developments have been
very well received by our customers.

To enable our accountants’ community to
connect more effectively with their clients,
we launched Sage 50 Accounts Professional
Online during 2007. This “on-demand”
software allows an accountant in practice
to collaborate online with their clients at any
time and from any location. An accountant
can therefore review a client’s books, make
amendments, provide commentary and do
all of this over the web, without having to visit
the client’s premises. The improvements in
efficiency and productivity for the accountant
and the reduced costs for the client, as there
is no chargeable travel time, make this
offering highly attractive.

We intend to launch further “on-demand”
software services aimed at smaller
businesses during 2008. Work is well
advanced in the development of a mobile
service which will allow our customers to
access their business software from mobile
devices, such as the Blackberry.

Offering our customers innovative services
has been a driver for growth this year. Our
core service offering is a support contract,
giving customers access to a highly skilled
and approachable team of support people,
and helping customers make the very most
of their investment in Sage software. In the
last few years we have added more value to
these contracts by offering upgrades in

Mantinga UK Limited

3

www.mantinga.co.uk
Business:

Supplier of specialty frozen
bakery products
Gloucestershire, UK

Location:
Sage products: Sage 200 Suite

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

19

4

Babycare
International Ltd

www.babycareinternational.com
Business:

Wholesale and retailer of
baby equipment
Wicklow, Ireland

Location:
Sage products: Sage 50 with Sage PayPoint

addition to core support. In the last year we
have introduced additional services including
HR management, Health and Safety, and
Excel support, all of which have been well
received. In October 2007, we launched a
premium service for accountants in practice,
giving them priority access to a team of
dedicated support people, which has also
proved to be very popular.

During 2008 we will continue to invest in
people, products, services, brand and
our systems. Our clear and collective focus
is to get closer to the delivery of a truly
breathtaking experience for the customer.
If we can get this right, then our customers
will stay loyal to us, will be more prepared
to do more business with us, and will
recommend us to others, which, in turn, will
drive new customer acquisition and organic
growth in the UK & Ireland.

2 Sage 200 Commercials comprises a number
of further finance modules covering sales and
purchase order processing, stock and pricing.

The Fin Machine Company is a market leading
manufacturer of special-purpose capital
equipment used within the global automotive
industry. According to current estimations,
two out of three car radiators are built on the
company’s machines.

With a growing business to manage, the
company’s financial director felt that it had the
potential to do more – with support from the
right technology. After consultations with a
Sage Business Partner, the company purchased
Sage 200 Commercials and recently became an
early adopter of project accounting, a highly
configurable costing and analysis module.

Reflecting on a year of using the new system,
the financial director commented, “All in all, it’s
been a tremendous success and a very positive
experience throughout. We have the data we
need for the things that matter.”

3 Sage 200 Suite incorporates Sage 200
financial software and integrated CRM software
which works across the business covering
many activities including accounting, sales,
marketing, customer service and support
and industry-specific operations.

Mantinga UK Limited supplies high quality
frozen European bakery products. As a start-up
company, Mantinga’s management took the
unusual decision to make a substantial
investment in IT from the outset. The company
decided on Sage 200 Financials and
Commercials to support its back office,
combined with the SalesLogix CRM system.

The implementation of the system resulted
in noticeable gains to the business. Within
the sales team there was more efficient
management of customer and prospect
information in SalesLogix and Sage 200
quickly contributed to efficient management
of customer orders and delivery, thus ensuring
high customer satisfaction and guaranteed
repeat business – a key objective for the
Mantinga management team.

4 Babycare International Ltd wholesales and
retails a wide range of nursery equipment to the
Irish market. Its wholesale operation sources
quality nursery products from many European
countries and markets this range of products
to retailers and pharmacies throughout Ireland.

Because of the company’s involvement in
wholesale and retail operations, it required
an integrated solution that would provide
accounting and stock control capabilities, while
also incorporating an easy to use retail point of
sale solution. Additionally, the management
team needed to access the accounting and
management information from both sides
of the business in a single system.

The company prides itself on customer
relationships and chose Sage 50 with Sage
PayPoint to provide this integrated solution. As
a result it is in a better position to provide high
levels of service to customers and has
increased efficiencies and productivity.

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

d
n
a
e
r
I

l

&
K
U

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

20

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | Mainland Europe

Mainland Europe
Our businesses in Mainland Europe performed
very strongly this year. Total revenues grew by
18%* overall to £349.1m (2006: £295.9m*)
with strong organic growth of 10%*.

£m

349.1
295.9*

£m

80.6
65.7*

’000

1
1,502
87

’000

569
53

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA

2007
2006

Customers

2007
2007 New customers

Contracts

2007
2007 New contracts

Revenue by sector 

D

A

C

B

Countries of operation: France,
Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Belgium,
Spain, Portugal and Poland.

Key products: France: Ciel!, Sage Coala,
Sage Cogestib, Elit, Sage 100, Sage 1000,
Sage X3 Entreprise, XRT; Spain: Logic
Control, SP; Germany/Switzerland: Baürer,
Classic Line, Office Line, ProConcept,
Sesam, Simultan; Poland: Symfonia; CRM:
ACT!, SageCRM, SalesLogix.

A Accounting 
B Industry-specific 
C HR and payroll 
D CRM

Payment processing 

2007 2006

65% 72%
27% 19%
7% 8%
1% 1%
0% 0%

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange

rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1 and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

21

1

Precisport, S.L.

www.precisport.es
Business:

Handles image rights of top
sports people/design and
production of sportswear
clothing (motorsports)
Barcelona, Spain

Location:
Sage products: Logic Class

Regional results
Our businesses in Mainland Europe
performed very strongly this year.
Total revenues grew by 18%* overall to
£349.1m (2006: £295.9m*) with strong
organic growth of 10%*.

France improved its performance in the
second half of the year as expected,
reporting 9%* organic growth in H2, and 6%*
for the full year. A strong performance from
Sage 100 contributed to these results.
Ciel!, our entry-level product, reported good
volume growth and expanded its premium
services offering.

Germany/Switzerland benefited from
country-specific fiscal changes which
resulted in strong organic growth of 8%*,
particularly at the entry-level. Germany also
began to show the benefits of the strategic
investments made in CRM and industry-
specific solutions in HR and in the public
sector as well as successfully integrating
Baürer into our upper mid-market solutions.

Spain recorded another year of strong
organic growth of 19%*, with excellent
progress in developing the full spectrum
of support offering and strong
migration strategies. Poland also enjoyed
another excellent year with 21%* organic

growth, driven by a strong uptake in the new
service contract model.

Our smaller European territories, Portugal,
Austria and Belgium continue to grow well.
In Austria, we have established a successful
business, DPW, in upper mid-market
HR and payroll, serving larger customers.
Belgium continues to grow well, with
excellent products such as BOB at the
entry-level and Sage 100 in the mid-market,
contributing to our position as one of the
market leaders. We plan to build on our
strong market position in French-speaking
Belgium to expand into the Flemish-speaking
regions in future.

The EBITA margin increased to 23% (2006:
22%*), helped by the strong performance in
Germany/Switzerland and continued growth
in Spain.

Two principal acquisitions were made in this
region over the year. Pro-Concept, an upper
mid-market ERP accounting solutions
provider based in Switzerland, was acquired
in April 2007 and complements our existing
Simultan business. The acquisition in
September 2007 of XRT, a leading supplier
of treasury and cash management software
in France, Spain and South America,
strengthened our solutions in treasury and
cash management.

1 Sage Logic Control is a leading provider of
management software and computer services
to SMEs in Spain. Their principal offering, Logic
Class, provides an advanced integrated ERP
solution to medium-sized (mid-market)
customers in Spain, complementing the small
business solutions of the SP business.

Precisport is a leading company whose
business is based on obtaining and handling
rights to images of top sports people, mainly
related to competitive motor racing. Also, they
design, produce and market merchandise and
sportswear.

The company required a solution that would
integrate administrative, commercial, logistic,
CRM, accounting and payroll processing.
A key issue was a logistics and distribution
solution that would allow the company to sell
their textile products through a wide variety
of channels in Spain and internationally, as well
as at all kinds of events, by e-commerce and in
specialist shops.

Precisport migrated from the SP accounting
and payroll products to Logic Class.
This integrated the businesses administrative,
commercial, logistics, CRM, accounting and
payroll processing and specifically led to
improvements in supply chain management
and product shipping processes.

In addition, it provided more integrated
information, such as payroll and accounting
details that facilitated the calculation of product
line profitability.

e
p
o
r
u
E
d
n
a
n
a
M

i

l

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

22

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | Mainland Europe

2

Hotels & Preference

www.hotelspreference.com
Business:

Hospitality group representing
independent top-of-the
range hotels
Paris, France

Location:
Sage products: Sage 100 Edition Pilotée

Our business
We have strong positions across a variety of
markets in Mainland Europe. We are market
leaders in France, our largest European
market, with strong positions at both the
entry-level, through Ciel!, and the mid-
market, through Sage 100. France originally
pioneered tiered support contracts under
which various levels of support are offered,
a concept that has been successfully
adopted by our other regions, and one that
continues to contribute to organic growth.
Through recent acquisitions, France has
also developed strong industry-specific
solutions in the upper mid-market in
specialisms such as transport, distribution
and treasury management.

In Germany and Switzerland, we continue
to build on our leading mid-market positions
and have consolidated our market positions
through acquisition and investment in our
existing products. We have also invested
in CRM solutions to underpin our future
position in these markets and have seen
excellent growth in these nascent products.
Over the year, our CRM products recorded
strong growth in France and Germany as
demand for more front office automation
develops in the more mature economies
of Mainland Europe. We also have ERP
products such as Sage X3 which suit
customers with cross-border requirements
for business management solutions.
We believe that new products and services
such as these will continue to drive future
organic growth.

We are the market leaders in Spain at both
the entry-level and the mid-market.
At the entry-level, our SP product solutions
continue to grow through the increasing
adoption of tiered support contracts.
In the mid-market, our Logic Control product
solutions experienced strong migration to
higher level mid-market and ERP solutions.
We also introduced a new payroll solution
which has been very well received.

Poland is one of our newer markets where
we are again growing strongly through good
positioning of our entry-level and mid-market
solutions and the increasing focus on
support contracts.

Our customers in our subsidiary countries
of Portugal, Austria and Belgium also show
a propensity to subscribe for support,
strengthening customer upgrade and
migration strategies.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

23

4

Cushman &
Wakefield Polska

www.cushmanwakefield.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products: SYMFONIA Handel Forte,

Real estate consultancy
Warsaw, Poland

SYMFONIA Kontroling Forte

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

Ludwig GmbH

www.ludwig-bau.de
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Office Line

Trade/construction machinery
Karlsruhe, Germany

3

In all our European markets, we face
challenging competition from local suppliers,
as well as limited competition from global
suppliers at the very top of our product
range. We believe that the excellence of our
products and service support offerings
enables us to compete successfully and
grow in our chosen markets and consolidate
our leading market positions. Over the year,
we added 87,000 new customers in
Mainland Europe. We anticipate another
strong year in 2008, although growth and
margins in Germany and Switzerland will
moderate slightly following legislative and
fiscal stimulus in those markets in 2007.

2 Sage 100 is an accounting solution for
SMEs with 2 to 200 employees. Edition Pilotée
provides business intelligence and dashboard
functionality.

Due to further international growth, Hotels
& Preference required innovation of their
accounting software to enable them to generate
quickly the key commercial analyses they
require for monitoring their business.

Hotels & Preference successfully reduced
processing time during a period of growth and
their close time for reporting. In addition, they
improved their commercial responsiveness.

Ludwig GmbH sell construction equipment,

3
power and measuring tools, along with
construction and manufacturer supplies.
With the fully integrated Office Line accounting
solution, all areas from order and stock
management to financial accounting, billing
and control are integrated, optimising the
related processes.

Office Line also met all the industry-specific
requirements of the construction machinery
and equipment supplier. Important key figures
became immediately available from the system
to the executive management for strategic
decision making.

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

4 SYMFONIA Forte is a Polish ERP-class
solution offering lasting and measurable
business benefits to enterprises.

Cushman & Wakefield is a leading real estate
services firm. The Warsaw office was
established in 1991 and employs approximately
150 people. They offer a wide range of real
estate services.

The implementation of SYMFONIA Forte
increased productivity, saving both time and
costs and led to the automation of a number
of financial processes.

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

e
p
o
r
u
E
d
n
a
n
a
M

i

l

24

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | North America

North America
Our North American business experienced
a year of challenging change and exceptional
growth through acquisition. We are well
poised to benefit from planned investment
in our strong brands to drive organic growth
going forward.

£m

508.1
329.1*

£m

100.0
78.0*

’000

2
2,871
147

’000

598
(2)

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA
†

2007
2006

Customers

2007
2007 New customers

Contracts

2007
2007 New contracts

Revenue by sector 

E

A

D

C

B

A Accounting 
B Industry-specific 
C HR and payroll 
D CRM 
E Payment processing 

2007 2006

36%    53%
43%    20%
4%      6%
8% 13%
9%      8%

Countries of operation: United States
and Canada.

Key products: Business Management
Division: ACT!, Peachtree, Sage Accpac
ERP, SageCRM, Sage FAS, Sage MAS
90/200/500 ERP, SalesLogix, Simply
Accounting; Industry & Specialised
Solutions Division: Sage Abra, Sage
Compliance Services, Sage MIP Fund
Accounting, Sage Timberline Office;
Sage Healthcare Division; Sage Payment
Solutions Division.

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange

rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1 and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America

of £2.7m.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

25

1

Island Lake
Resort Group

www.islandlakeresorts.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Sage Accpac ERP, SageCRM

Country lodge and ski destination
Fernie, B.C., Canada

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

Regional results
In North America total revenues grew by
54%* to £508.1m (2006: £329.1m*),
benefiting from the contribution from major
acquisitions made in 2006. Organic revenue
growth was 4%* for the year.

The Small Business Division grew organically
by 3%*. Simply, the market leader in
Canada, again recorded good growth,
with double digit growth in bundled annual
software/service contracts. Peachtree
Quantum continued to show strong revenue
growth, as customers migrated from the
Peachtree line. Peachtree 2008 showed
continued growth in support services,
although licence sales of the new upgrade,
which has historically driven revenue, proved
somewhat disappointing, as customers
chose to remain on older versions of
Peachtree. ACT! revenue was affected by
a lack of large corporate contracts relative
to the prior year.

The Mid-Market Division recorded organic
growth of 4%*, reflecting improved 5%*
organic growth in the second half of the year
which was driven by improved performances
in Construction & Real Estate, Non-profit,

Accpac and in CRM. MAS 90 4.2’s new
release was well-received by the market and
by business partners.

The EBITA† margin decreased to 20%
(2006: 24%*) due to the dilutive effect
of acquisitions made in 2006. Excluding
acquisitions made in 2006, North America’s
EBITA† margin was maintained at 23%
(2006: 23%*).

Of the 2006 acquisitions, Verus, now Sage
Payment Solutions Division, performed in line
with our expectations over the year, reporting
14%* revenue growth on a like-for-like basis
and increased margins of 42%.

Emdeon, now Sage Healthcare Division,
reported slower than anticipated revenue
growth of 1%* on a like-for-like basis, but
with an improved margin of 7% for the full
year (9% in the second half of the year). Over
the past year, there have been operational
and management issues at this division
which will continue to impact revenue growth
in the short term. These issues are being
addressed, and we remain confident that
Sage Healthcare Division provides the Group
with a leading position in a highly attractive
market with good growth potential over the
longer term.

1 Sage Accpac ERP is an advanced
web-based accounting solution built on a
world-class, object-oriented, multi-tiered
architecture. It offers seamless integration with
a number of solutions including SageCRM.
SageCRM is a wireless and web-based suite
of applications that provides enterprise-wide
access to vital customer, partner and prospect
information anytime, anywhere.

Island Lake Resort Group (ILRG) is a world-
class vacation spot with three locations
perched in the Canadian Rocky Mountains.

With the business expanding to more than 230
employees in multiple locations, ILRG needed
to streamline their operations. After many
successful years using Simply by Sage, they
decided a web-based solution would best suit
their needs, so they migrated to Sage Accpac
ERP. The powerful consolidation tool and
flexibility of the payroll module are particularly
important and allow flexibility in the way
information can be delivered. The new system
changed the way ILRG conducts business and
streamlined many tasks.

SageCRM integrates seamlessly with Sage
Accpac ERP and enables ILRG to manage
information on their customers spending
habits from reservations and point of sale
in order to tailor marketing campaigns.
Regular newsletters are e-mailed to customers
which has led to an increase in customer
satisfaction and business at all resorts
making ILRG number three in the world.

The solution is scalable, customisable and,
being web-based, totally flexible and fully
accessible anytime, anywhere.

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

a
c
i
r
e
m
A
h
t
r
o
N

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

26

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | North America

2

Etnia Barcelona

www.etniabarcelona.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Peachtree by Sage Quantum

Wholesale distribution – spectacles
Miami, Florida, US

Our business
We have been present in North America
since 1991 through our first acquisition,
DacEasy, followed by acquisitions in the
years following that led to our Peachtree
and MAS product ranges. North America is
now our largest market, accounting for over
40% of our total revenues. ACT!, Simply
Accounting and Peachtree are leading
and well-recognised brands in the North
American market – we are the market leader
in Canada through our Simply Accounting
solutions and number two in the US at the
entry-level with Peachtree. In the mid-market,
our MAS and Accpac product solutions
are market leaders in both the United States
and Canada with highly customisable
solutions and deep functionality across our
product portfolio.

North America is also our largest market for
CRM, accounting for over 65% of our global
CRM revenues, through our range of CRM
solutions, ACT!, SageCRM/SageCRM.com
and SalesLogix.

Our North American business has a number
of industry-specific solutions for customers in
construction/real estate, not-for-profit and
healthcare as well as products such as
Accpac which are suitable for our customers
with multi-national requirements.

The US is our most competitive market with
a number of regional and global companies
competing across our product range.
We have, nonetheless, for over 16 years,
expanded our market presence as one
of the leading global suppliers of business
management solutions in this market.
Over the year, we added 147,000 new
customers, and now have over 2.8 million
customers in North America.

Following several years of growth and an
active acquisition programme, including in
2006 the acquisition of Verus (renamed
Sage Payment Solutions Division) and
Emdeon (renamed Sage Healthcare
Division), our North American business
reorganised into four new operating divisions
to improve agility and customer connection.
From 1 October 2007, we will begin
reporting results along the business lines
of these four divisions:

Business Management Division:
All accounting products and CRM (45%
of regional 2007 revenues).
Industry & Specialised Solutions Division:
HR and payroll, Construction & Real Estate,
Non-profit (15% of 2007 regional revenues).
Sage Payment Solutions Division:
(9% of 2007 regional revenues).
Sage Healthcare Division:
(31% of 2007 regional revenues).

This reorganisation will improve customer
focus, commercial agility and product
innovation. We plan on investing in this
business to maintain our strong market
positions. We also made a number of
management changes and are seeking to
appoint a new CEO of the North American
business early in 2008.

Our strategic focus for the coming year
will be on reconnecting with our corporate
principles of agility and simplicity in all our
customer processes, from entry-level to mid-
market to our industry-specific solutions and
CRM. We will be investing in our service
support offering to improve customer
satisfaction levels. Customer service
satisfaction feeds directly into the upgrade

Litecubes LLC

www.litecube.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Sage MAS 90 ERP (with financial

Novelty manufacturing
San Diego, California, US

and inventory modules),
ACT!

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

27

3

4

Internal Medicine
Associates

www.ima-md.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products:

Healthcare provider
Bloomington, Indiana, US
Intergy, Intergy EHR (Electronic
Health Records), Practice Analytics

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

and migration cycle for our software products
and is also our key competitive advantage.
In terms of technology, we will concentrate
on introducing product suites (“end-to-end”
solutions) in the coming year as well as
evaluating market demand for hosted or
“on-demand” products, also known as
software-as-a-service.

Our outlook for 2008 is focused and
confident. Organic growth is expected
to improve modestly over the next
12 months, although investment in our
businesses will slightly reduce our operating
margins in the short term. Our strong brands
and quality support offering position us
well for continued long term success in
this market.

accounts receivable and accounts payable to
payroll and sales orders. Using Sage MAS 90
ERP cut sales order processing time by 75%.

Speedy growth mandated a robust financial
system with multi-user data entry, automated
sales orders, streamlined invoicing and
powerful inventory management.

Tight integration with ACT! makes it easy
to access lead data and convert them
into active customers.

Intergy is a comprehensive practice
4
management system providing advanced
scheduling, billing, and management tools
which also easily integrates with Intergy EHR,
Practice Analytics and EDI solutions.

Internal Medicine Associates is a 62 provider
practice with nine sites throughout Indiana.
The practice manages over 1,000 encounters
per day, and issues over 26,000 bills per month.

Internal Medicine Associates selected Intergy
EHR to complement Intergy to improve
efficiencies and better manage their rapidly
increasing number of patient records. The result
is improved workflow between their nine sites
and enhanced patient care, maintaining the
high quality of service the community has
come to rely on.

2 Peachtree Quantum is a comprehensive
accounting solution that provides premium
features like multi-company consolidations,
progress billing, serialised inventory, and
Crystal Reports® for Peachtree. It provides
a multi-user option for improved productivity.

Etnia Barcelona distributes handcrafted
European eyewear for sale through exclusive
optical boutiques across the United States,
Canada, and South America. They started
using Peachtree Quantum last year when the
company’s transaction volume and number
of users dramatically increased.

Peachtree Quantum accommodates a large
number of users and high transaction volume
while enjoying superior functionality and ease
of use.

The rich feature set of Peachtree Quantum
delivers the functionality of higher-priced
products. Easy to learn software minimises
training time. A clear migration path reassures
Etnia Barcelona of a Sage Software solution to
match its growing business needs.

3 Sage MAS 90 ERP offers a broad selection
of feature-rich solutions, including accounting,
financial reporting, distribution, manufacturing
and e-business management. ACT! contact
management software tracks and manages
customer and vendor relationships.

Litecubes manufacture non-toxic plastic blocks
which look like ice cubes. The company grew
quickly and once they began processing
hundreds of orders every month they upgraded
from QuickBooks to Sage MAS 90 ERP
because of the easy conversion path via the
data migrator tool. Sage MAS 90 ERP provides
Litecubes with an end-to-end business system,
automating and integrating everything from

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

a
c
i
r
e
m
A
h
t
r
o
N

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

28

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | Rest of World

Rest of World
Once again we have experienced an
exceptional year – our growth has been driven
by innovation, investment in our core products
and service excellence. Our entrepreneurial
culture, passion and customer centric approach
has contributed to our continued success.

Countries of operation: South Africa,
Australia, Singapore, China, UAE,
Malaysia, India and Saudi Arabia.

Key products: South Africa: Pastel,
VIP Payroll; Australia: Handisoft,
MicrOpay; Singapore: Creative;
Malaysia: UBS; All: Accpac ERP, ACT!,
SageCRM, SalesLogix.

Revenue

2007
2006

EBITA

2007
2006

Customers

2007
2007 New customers

Contracts

2007
2007 New contracts

Revenue by sector 

D

A

£m

76.3
63.0*

£m

20.0
16.6*

’000
4
442
45

’000

119
27

C

B

A Accounting 
B Industry-specific 
C HR and payroll 
D CRM

Payment processing 

2007 2006

45% 44%
9% 10%
41% 41%
5% 5%
0% 0%

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange

rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1 and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

29

1

Soaring Eagle
Distributors

Business:
Location:
Sage products: Softline Pastel – Pastel Evolution

Harley Davidson dealer
Gauteng, South Africa

t
u
o
b
A

e
g
a
S

i

w
e
v
e
r

The EBITA margin was maintained at 26%
(2006: 26%*).

In July 2007, we acquired Creative Software,
a HR and payroll solutions provider in
both Malaysia and Singapore. Creative
complements our acquisition in 2006
of UBS Corporation Berhad, the leading
vendor of business management software
solutions for SMEs in Malaysia.

Regional results
Rest of World again reported strong growth
and revenues of £76.3m (2006: £63.0m*)
with organic growth of 17%*. South Africa
had another impressive year, with excellent
growth in new licences, migration and
support service contracts. Australia again
reported strong growth in licences and
services. Australia and South Africa continue
to build a successful business on the
principles of innovation, simplicity, customer
focus and agility to bring new ideas to life.
This entrepreneurial and customer-centric
strategy has resulted in two major awards
over the year for customer service.

1 Pastel Evolution is business management
software for large businesses with multiple
users. It gives businesses the ability to control
finances as well as relationships with
customers, suppliers and employees.

Soaring Eagle Distributors wanted superior
CRM facilities and enterprise resource
management capabilities that automatically
integrate with administrative and accounting
requirements.

Pastel Evolution met all functionality
requirements and no customisation
was necessary.

Soaring Eagle Distributors had previous
experience of Pastel products, and the
business found the software logically
designed, easy to use and were able
to save on implementation costs.

The modules of Pastel Evolution implemented
include bill of materials (for the clothing/
accessory kits), job costing (for the service
and maintenance centre), multi-warehousing
(for portioning of stock between service and
store), point of sale (for sale of peripheral and
clothing lines), serial tracking (tracking of motor
cycles), resolve CRM (tracking of incident
history against clients as well as workflows
for automating processes), and business
intelligence centre (for reporting financials
as well as projections).

Soaring Eagle Distributors has been able
to integrate and streamline its operations
and improve service to the 650 existing
members and the 400 new customers
they attract every year.

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

d
l
r
o
W

f
o
t
s
e
R

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

30

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Regional review | Rest of World

2

Pickles Auctions

www.pickles.com.au
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Sage MicrOpay –

Auctioneers
Belmore, NSW, Australia

MicrOpay Meridian

Our business
Our businesses in the strongly growing
economies, which we report as Rest of
World, cover a geographically diverse area,
stretching from South Africa and Australia
in the Southern Hemisphere to Singapore,
China, Malaysia and India in the Far East,
UAE and Saudi Arabia in the Middle East.
Accounting for 7% of total revenues, the
businesses are growing rapidly through
a combination of product and service
innovation as well as commitment
to excellence in the way business
is undertaken.

Through consistent organic growth and
acquisition, we have built up market-leading
positions in all our chosen product
segments. We continue to consolidate and
strengthen our position despite growing
competition in these attractive, high growth
markets. Over the year, we added 45,000
new customers across the region.

In South Africa, Softline Pastel (Accounting)
and Softline VIP (Payroll) are both leaders
within their respective product markets. In
Australia, our Sage MicrOpay business leads
the Australian market in payroll solutions, with
Sage Handisoft retaining consistent market
share within the practice management and
taxation software space. We expect to
expand further geographically from this
promising market position in the emerging
markets of the Far East.

This year was our first full year of operation
in China and our fourth in India. Both these
businesses are growing well and establishing
a strong position in these rapidly growing
markets. We continue to pursue
opportunities to build these businesses both
organically and by acquisition.

We continue to expand in Singapore and
Malaysia and this year acquired Creative
Software, the leading payroll vendor for
SMEs in this region. We also experienced
good growth in the Middle East through our
UAE office and have now opened an office
in Saudi Arabia, one of the fastest growing
markets in the Middle East.

Going forward, we are confident that our
growth in these economies will remain
strong, as our business grows in strength
and scale. Our strategy focuses on driving
growth by consolidating our service offering
and broadening our product portfolio into
industry-specific solutions. CRM is still in
its infancy in these markets, but should begin
to contribute to growth in the near future.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

31

4

MYOJO Foods
Company

www.myojosingapore.com
Business:
Location:
Sage products: Sage Software Asia – Accpac ERP

Instant noodles manufacturer
Singapore

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

Thomson Financial

www.thomson.com.au
Business:

Corporate communications
webcasts provider
Pyrmont, NSW, Australia

Location:
Sage products: Sage Business Solutions – SageCRM

3

2 MicrOpay Meridian is an advanced payroll
management solution designed specifically for
medium to larger organisations.

4 Accpac ERP is a sophisticated accounting
and operations system for small and
mid-sized businesses.

MYOJO Foods required a solution which would
reduce the level of manual input and therefore
speed up and improve the financial and
operational procedures and the quality of
information produced.

Accpac ERP helped to achieve this. Benefits
reported by the business included reducing
manpower hours via automated data entry,
easily produced inventory reports, improved
staff morale and increased customer
confidence in the operational process.

Pickles Auctions’ payroll has grown from 120
to 450 in the past five years. The company
required a solution that would automate payroll
processing and reporting.

The business deployed MicrOpay Meridian
payroll software which reduced processing and
reporting time by up to 60%, eliminating the
need for manual cheques and produced more
detailed payroll information to aid efficient
analysis of costs and budget management.

3 SageCRM is a CRM solution for mid-sized
businesses. It allows customers to analyse and
manage sales, marketing and customer care
across the business.

Thomson Financial needed to grow its CRM
from manual processes to a large, automated
database solution.

SageCRM allowed the company to develop an
application that closely aligns with the business
processes they wanted to automate and
provided strong integration capability and
depth of functionality.

SageCRM allowed Thomson Financial to
focus its time on its customers rather than
day-to-day paperwork.

l

i

a
n
o
g
e
R

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

d
l
r
o
W

f
o
t
s
e
R

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

32

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Financial review

Overview
In the year ended 30 September 2007,
revenue increased by 24% to £1,157.6m
(2006: £935.6m). Operating profit increased
by 8% to £255.2m (2006: £235.8m). Profit
before taxation increased by 1% to £223.3m
(2006: £221.2m). EPS increased to 11.85p
(2006: 11.81p).

To facilitate a comparison of like-for-like
results for the year, we neutralise the impact
of movements in foreign currency exchange
rates and remove the effects of amortisation
of aquired intangible assets and the net
amortisation or capitalisation of software
development expenditure. These
adjustments are summarised in the
table on page 33.

The impact of the year-on-year movement
in exchange rates was to increase prior year
revenue by £43.2m and EBITA by £10.7m,
mainly due to the weakening of Sterling
against the US Dollar.

Revenue analysis
Revenues increased 30%* to £1,157.6m
(2006: £892.4m*), reflecting strong organic
growth and a significant contribution from
prior year acquisitions, which contributed
24% of total revenues, or £283.4m.
Organic revenue growth for the year was
7%*, as reported in both the first and second
halves of the year. Organic revenue growth
excludes the contributions of current year
and prior year acquisitions and disposals
(together 26% of total revenues) and non-
core products (2% of total revenues).

Total software licence revenues were
£343.7m (2006: £308.1m*), with organic
growth of 4%*. Total services revenues
increased to £813.9m (2006: £584.3m*),
benefiting from strong organic growth of 9%*
for the year. Over 59% of our annual service
contracts now include a software licence
element, which is recorded in services
revenues. This trend is a response to
customer demand for a bundled service.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

33

Profit measures

Disclosed measure
Gain on disposal

Impact of movements in foreign
currency exchange rates

Amortisation of acquired intangible
assets and net development
Statutory measure

EBITA to
EBITA to
operating operating
profit
2006
£m
235.9
2.7
238.6

profit
2007
£m
283.2
–
283.2

–
283.2

(28.0)
255.2

10.7
249.3

(13.5)
235.8

Pre-tax
profit
2007
£m
251.3
–
251.3

–
251.3

(28.0)
223.3

Pre-tax
profit
2006
£m
221.3
2.7
224.0

10.7
234.7

(13.5)
221.2

Growth
%
14%

12%

7%

1%

Growth
%
20%

19%

14%

8%

EPS
2007
pence
13.34
–
13.34

–
13.34

(1.49)
11.85

EPS
2006
pence
11.83
0.14
11.97

0.57
12.54

(0.73)
11.81

Growth
%
13%

11%

6%

0%

From a financial reporting perspective, it is
not practical to separate these bundled
offerings into software and services,
therefore, all bundled revenue resulting
from these contracts is recorded in services
revenues. Underlying growth in software
licence revenue is therefore higher than
the 4%* organic growth reported.

Following the acquisition of Verus and Protx,
services revenues now include three
categories of revenues: maintenance and
support (67% of services revenue), payment
processing services (6% of services revenue)
and other (network services in Sage
Healthcare Division, business forms,
professional services and hardware)
(representing 27% of services revenue).
Maintenance and support revenues grew
by 10%* organically. Payment processing
services comprises Verus and Protx.
The category of other services grew
by 6%* organically.

EBITA†
EBITA† increased 20%* to £283.2m
(2006: £235.9m*).

The Group’s EBITA† margin was reduced
by 2% to 24% (2006: 26%*) due to the initial
dilutive effects from recent acquisitions,
principally Sage Healthcare Division.

Finance expenses
Net finance expenses of £31.9m (2006:
£14.6m) were greater than the prior year.
This was primarily due to greater borrowings
following the acquisitions made during 2006
in addition to increased average interest
rates. Interest cover was in excess of
8 times, which was reduced from 16 times
in the prior year.

Profit before taxation
Statutory profit before taxation of £223.3m
(2006: £221.2m) was impacted by
amortisation of acquired intangible assets
and net development of £28.0m (2006:
£13.5m). Adjusted pre-tax profit** rose 14%^
to £251.3m (2006: £221.3m^).

Taxation
The tax charge of £69.2m (2006: £68.6m)
was greater than the prior year reflecting the
additional profits and gives an effective rate
of 31% (2006: 31%).

EPS
Basic earnings (after amortisation) per share
for the year ended 30 September 2007
were 11.85p compared to 11.81p in 2006.
Diluted earnings per share were 11.79p
compared to 11.73p in 2006. Adjusted
earnings per share** grew 13%^ to 13.34p
(2006: 11.83p^).

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1

and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets, prior year gain on disposal of £2.7m.
† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.
^ After neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

|

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

34

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Financial review

Capital structure

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangible assets

Current assets and liabilities

Post-retirement obligations

Deferred tax

Total before net debt

Net debt

Total as at 30 September 2007

Total as at 30 September 2006

Assets
£m
130.5

1,767.6

235.0

–

8.3

2,141.4

66.4

2,207.8

2,210.9

Liabilities
£m
–

Net assets
£m
130.5

–

(561.4)

(5.3)

(14.2)

(580.9)

(576.1)

(1,157.0)

(1,233.3)

1,767.6

(326.4)

(5.3)

(5.9)

1,560.5

(509.7)

1,050.8

977.6

Dividend
Over the past year, the Board reviewed
Sage’s capital requirements, including future
investment in our products and services and
potential acquisition funding. Following that
review, we are pleased to announce a
rebasing of our dividend. We believe that our
consistently strong cash flows and recurring
revenue streams provide the basis for a
progressive dividend policy, whilst ensuring
that the Board can continue to maintain the
appropriate levels of organic and acquisition-
led investment.

As a result of the rebasing of the dividend,
the proposed final dividend is being raised
to 5.73p per share (2006: 2.51p per share),
giving a full year dividend of 7.00p per
share (2006: 3.59p per share), an increase
of 95%.

The final dividend will be payable on 7 March
2008 to shareholders on the register at close
of business on 8 February 2008.

R&D and capex
The Group spent £111.4m in the year
ended 30 September 2007 on research
and development (2006: £94.8m).
No expenditure was capitalised and £0.8m
was amortised to the income statement
relating to prior years’ expenditure which had
been capitalised.

Capital expenditure in the year ended
30 September 2007 (including the purchase
of third party software systems for internal
use) was £38.0m (2006: £27.0m).
The majority of this expenditure relates
to IT infrastructure, both in new and
replacement systems.

Capital structure
Our balance sheet at 30 September 2007
can be summarised as set out in the
table above.

Net assets increased by 7% to £1,050.8m
(2006: £977.6m) and net assets per share
by 7% to 81p (2006: 76p). The main
movements in the balance sheet items
were in goodwill and intangible fixed assets
(relating mainly to investment in acquisitions)
and the associated change in net debt (see
further “Net debt” and “Cash flow” below).

Net debt
The Group has net debt of £509.7m
at 30 September 2007 (2006: £593.6m).
During the year additional debt of £122.2m
was drawn down and £189.0m was repaid.
The Group continues to be able to borrow
at competitive rates and therefore currently
deems this to be the most effective
means of raising finance. Acquisitions of
£96.2m have therefore been funded by
debt financing.

In October 2007, after the close of the
financial year, the Group drew down an
additional £20.0m of debt in connection
with the acquisition of KCS Global Holdings
Limited in the UK (see “Post balance sheet
events” below).

Cash flow
The Group remains highly cash generative
with operating cash flow of £317.1m
representing 112% of EBITA. After interest,
tax and net capex, this gave free cash flow
of £182.1m. The net cost of acquisitions
completed in the period was £96.2m and
net cash receipts of disposals were £0.9m.

After dividends of £49.0m and other
movements of £46.1m, including exchange
movements, net debt stood at £509.7m
at 30 September 2007 (30 September
2006: £593.6m).

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

35

The Group remains highly cash
generative with operating cash
flow of £317.1m representing
112% of EBITA.

This exposure is hedged to the extent that
these profits are offset by interest charges
in the same currency arising from the
financing of the investment cost of overseas
acquisitions by borrowings in the same
currency. In light of this limited exposure to
foreign exchange risk, the Group does not
hold any sophisticated financial instruments
such as derivatives.

The Group has some exposure to interest
rate volatility and seeks to fix interest
rates on a proportion of its debt when
market conditions make this desirable.
At 30 September 2007, all outstanding
debt was held at variable interest rates.

Post balance sheet events
On 29 October 2007 the Group announced
that it had acquired KCS Global Holdings
Limited, for an enterprise value of £20.0m.

Going concern
Based on normal business planning and
control procedures, the directors have a
reasonable expectation that the Company
and the Group have adequate resources
to continue in operational existence for the
foreseeable future. For this reason, the
directors continue to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing the accounts.

Paul Harrison
Finance Director

Treasury
Facilities, cash management
and gearing
The Group’s acquisition programme is
funded through multi-currency revolving
credit facilities totalling £850m. £200m of
these facilities expire on 13 January 2011
and £650m expire on 4 August 2011.
At 30 September 2007, £562.3m had
been drawn under these facilities, leaving
£287.7m undrawn. Group cash balances
are invested for appropriate periods with
institutions and in instruments with high
credit ratings.

Treasury controls and operations
Although a substantial proportion of the
Group’s revenue and profit is earned
outside the UK, subsidiaries generally only
trade in their own currency. The Group is
therefore not subject to any significant
foreign exchange transactional exposure.
The Group’s principal exposure to foreign
currency, therefore, lies in the translation
of overseas profits into Sterling.

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

36

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Risk factors

Highlighted are some of the risks that we
face, particularly focusing on those that
are considered to be specific to the
provision of business management
software and services.

Group risk factors
As with all businesses, Sage is affected by
certain risks, not wholly within our control,
such as the loss of key people, which could
have a material impact on our long-term
performance and could cause actual results
to differ materially from forecast and historic
results. Highlighted are some of the risks that
we face, particularly focusing on those that
are considered to be specific to the provision
of business management software and
services. This section of the report should be
read in conjunction with the Internal control
and risk management section of this report,
found on page 54.

We operate in a highly
competitive environment
The market for business management
solutions is highly competitive. This
competition continues to intensify, particularly
in the SME market, where the barriers to
entry are relatively low, attracting more
companies to enter the market. Many
companies with which we compete, or
which may enter into competition with us,
have greater financial, marketing and
technical resources than we do.

Through the provision of outstanding
customer support, we continue to build
strong customer relationships. Our strategy
to develop our product and service offering
to meet local customer needs further
strengthens customer loyalty.

Our business operations rely
on systems and networks that
could be disrupted
Our business operations rely significantly on
internal systems and networks. Any incident
on the systems and networks; caused by
new system implementations, presence of
old systems or existence of weaknesses;
could lead to misappropriation of or damage
to our proprietary information or could cause
disruption to the delivery of our products and
services. Critical information used in our
business operations, such as customer
orders, customer support and accounts
payable, could be disabled.

We continue to build and develop all relevant
recovery plans for such situations. We also
continue to review our security and system
and network infrastructure to ensure that,
wherever possible, these risks are kept
to an acceptable level.

As an international company we face
potential challenges from economic,
political, legal, accounting and business
factors across the globe
We have operations in many international
markets. Our strategy is to continue to
expand our international operations. This
global scope leads to various risks inherent
in administering the complexities of a global
business. A variety of international regulatory
requirements and unexpected changes to
economic and market conditions are
examples of specific risks associated with
managing an international business. Any
failure to maintain compliance with foreign
laws or changes in local regulations or any
failure to adapt to international market
changes or local business conditions
could have a material, adverse impact
on our business.

As we grow through acquisition and expand
our geographical coverage, we continually
review all relevant requirements to ensure
appropriate policies and controls are
developed. Our compliance programme
seeks to ensure that local operating
companies manage and review local rules
and regulations on an on-going basis.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

37

A change in technology could decrease
demand for our products
Technology in the software industry is
constantly and rapidly changing. Being able
to adapt to rapidly changing technologies
is important to maintain current products,
attract new customers and retain existing
customers. Rapidly changing technology
places demands on employees, particularly
research and development teams, to stay
up to date with technology changes and
customer demands. Future success
depends on our ability to adapt to these
rapidly changing technologies and continue
to provide competitive products to satisfy
market demand. In addition, our future
success will depend on our ability to
enhance existing products and to develop
robust and stable new products to address
the continually changing and evolving
demands of our customers.

We continue to build strong customer
relationships, to develop and expand
our product and service offering to meet
customer needs and to seek organic and
acquisitive growth opportunities to mitigate
this ever present risk.

As our operations diversify, new types
of business products and services bring
additional regulatory requirements
We have in recent years sought to acquire
complementary businesses, but with
different product offerings to the original core
Sage products. Moving into the credit card
processing and healthcare business sectors
has brought additional requirements from a
regulatory perspective and has brought
additional processing risks as customers
have different expectations.

We have retained expertise in relevant fields
and have ensured, as with other rules and
regulations, that we continually review all
relevant requirements to ensure appropriate
policies and controls are developed.

Legal protection for intellectual property
may not always prevent unauthorised
use or copying
We rely on intellectual property laws,
including laws on copyright, patent, trade
secrets and trademarks, to protect our
products. However, despite laws and
regulations being in place, unauthorised
copies of software still exist. In addition,
the internet can increase and provide new
methods for illegal copying of the technology
used in our products and services.

While relying, as other companies do, on the
laws and regulations in existence, we also
continually police the unauthorised use of
our products.

Foreign exchange and treasury
Although a substantial proportion of the
Group’s revenue and profit is earned outside
the UK, subsidiaries generally only trade in
their own currency. The Group is therefore
not subject to any significant foreign
exchange transactional exposure. The
Group’s principal exposure to foreign
currency, therefore, lies in the translation of
overseas profits into Sterling. This exposure
is hedged to the extent that these profits are
offset by interest charges in the same
currency arising from the financing of the
investment cost of overseas acquisitions by
borrowings in the same currency. In light of
this limited exposure to foreign exchange
risk, the Group does not hold any
sophisticated financial instruments such
as derivatives.

The Group has some exposure to interest
rate volatility and seeks to fix interest rates
on a proportion of its debt when market
conditions make this desirable. At 30
September 2007, all outstanding debt
was held at variable interest rates.

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

s
r
o
t
c
a
f

k
s
R

i

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

38

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Corporate responsibility

During 2007 our focus has been
on the consideration of Sage’s impact
on our world and the areas on which
we should focus our corporate
responsibility efforts.

Management of corporate
responsibility during 2007
Sage is committed to carrying out its
business activities in a socially responsible
manner. It is the role and responsibility of the
Board to take into account all aspects of
social, environmental and ethical issues in
its discussions and decision-making, and it
receives reports at each Board meeting from
Group executives on relevant developments
in these areas. In order to verify that, as a
Group of companies, we are working to
these standards, we require our businesses
to report on key indicators on a quarterly
basis. The Risk Committee, consisting
of executive management, identifies and
considers any risks to the business of the
Group from social, ethical and environmental
issues and reports on any such risks to the
Audit Committee of the Board. Should any
risks be identified, the Risk Committee
monitors the steps being taken by operating
companies to reduce such risks. We have
also set up a new steering committee
on corporate responsibility matters, led
by the Director of Human Resources
and Corporate Communications.

Our businesses are encouraged and
supported in undertaking positive corporate
responsibility activities within a common
policy framework regarding employment,
community and environmental matters
provided by the Group, including:
• Treating employees fairly and equitably;
• Operating ethically and with integrity;
• Respecting basic human rights;
• Seeking to limit our impact on

the environment;

• Being a caring member of

our communities.

A summary and examples of this activity
are detailed in this report.

Employment
We strive to ensure our people are proud
to work for our Group. We encourage and
foster a culture of innovation, entrepreneurship
and team spirit within a supportive
environment. It is our goal to bring out the
best in our people and to pursue practices
that are sensitive to the needs of our people.

We have an equal opportunities policy that
applies across the Group and this prohibits
discrimination on grounds such as race,
gender, religion, sexual orientation or
disability. We operate in a number of
geographic regions, adhering to all relevant
laws that apply and also supporting
internationally accepted standards, including
those on human rights. Our policy includes,
where practical, the continued employment
of those who may become disabled during
their employment. Our policies ensure that all
decisions about the appointment, treatment
and promotion of employees are based
entirely on merit.

Our guiding principles continue to drive our
culture and the Sage way of doing things.
Simplicity, Agility, Innovation, Integrity and
Trust are at the heart of behaviour in many
parts of our business, and we continue to
work with our people to make these cultural
traits ubiquitous.

We now employ over 13,900 people (2006:
13,000), and our employees are at the heart
of our customer experience.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

39

1

HOPE committee

Focus:
Location:

Local organisations
Saint Petersburg, Florida US

1 Each year the Saint Petersburg office’s
HOPE committee focuses their attention on
local organisations, schools and employees
and their families who are in need and would
not receive significant donations from other
larger charitable organisations. This year
they donated school supplies to Woodlawn
Elementary School which is close to the office
and considered to be an “in-need” school.
Substantial supplies were sent including school
equipment, stationery and a washer and dryer
to launder the uniforms of the children. The
committee received a flood of thank you notes
from children at the school which now fill a
bulletin board in the office.

As part of their support for Woodlawn, Sage
employees participated in “The Great American
Teach-In”, where employees spent time in the
school talking to pupils about working life,
career aspirations, hobbies and other topics
of interest to the students.

Employment priorities 2007
• Ensuring equality of opportunity, fostering
diversity and providing a safe workplace;
• Encouraging our people to reach their full

potential through training, career
development and promotion from
within where possible;

• Communicating openly and transparently
with our people and taking into account
their feedback;

• Recognising and rewarding our people

for their contribution;

• Training, development and reward

programmes for employees at all levels
continually developed and improved in
line with business strategy and guiding
principles;

• Employee surveys undertaken
in all of our larger businesses;
• Enhanced internal communication
channels with CEO webcasts,
introduction of podcasts and other
media to enable greater connection
and knowledge sharing;

• Embedding our principles in all of

• New employee portal to improve

communication (Portugal);

• Employee consultation forum established

in South Africa;

• Milestones awards programme in North
America, South Africa, UK and Poland
to reward long service;

• Awards schemes to reward behaviour

aligned to the principles introduced (UK,
Germany, Spain, Poland, South Africa);

• Employee creativity training (France).

our businesses.

Examples of activities undertaken
• Enhanced policies in many countries such
as maternity in the UK and flexible working
in Portugal;

• New Wellness programme and employee
handbook launched in North America;

• New or refreshed management

development programmes introduced
in several countries;

• A talent management strategy to

harness top talent in the businesses
across the Group;

• English lessons available to employees
who wish to learn (Portugal, Spain);

y
t
i
l
i

i

b
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

40

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review | Corporate responsibility

Awards achieved include:

Region

UK & Ireland

Mainland Europe

Awards won in 2007

• Software satisfaction award – SageCRM
• Information age award – Sage 1000
• European contact centre award
• Real Finance FD excellence award – software provider of the year

• Customer service Golden Laurel Award
• Best HR software at HRM GigaCon
• Best brand integration
• eBay ecommerce award
• SME engagement award
• Bäurer “ERP system of the year”

North America

Rest of World

• CRM satisfaction award
• Healthcare partner of the year
• Value Added Reseller business company of the year

• Best customer service award
• National payroll consultant of the year

Our marketplace
It is our aim to be a trusted adviser to
our customers, a respected and admired
company in our industry and a leader in
encouraging the growth and development
of SMEs through the effective use of
information technology.

Customer satisfaction is our primary focus
which we monitor through various
methods, including:
• Customer advocacy

and recommendation;

• Loyalty surveys;
• Customer support phone calls handling
an average of 32,000 calls per day;

• Customer awareness events and

discussion groups to enable customers
and Sage employees to meet face
to face;

• Surveying SMEs to understand

their business issues.

We actively promote the use of the internet
in business, particularly in the area of
government submissions. Our awareness of
the importance of prompt payment to small
business is demonstrated by our commitment
to pay customers and suppliers on fair terms.

Our community
It is our policy to be an integral part of the
communities in which we are based. We are
committed to developing relationships with
those communities, where appropriate,
through voluntary activities and donations.
Our businesses have fostered close
relationships with many communities through
local initiatives and numerous donations have
been made to local, national and international
charities and community foundations.

Environment and climate change
It is our policy to ensure, by encouraging
environmental best practice in the business,
that our operations have as little
environmental impact as is consistent
with our business needs. The effect on
the environment of the Group’s activities is
monitored, where appropriate, with regard
to the low overall environmental impact of our
primary activities as a software publisher and
service provider. We work to promote
environmental care, to increase our
understanding of environmental issues
and to spread environmental best practice
throughout our businesses.

Activities undertaken by our businesses to
minimise environmental impact during 2007
include recycling programmes and use of
recycled products where practical in all our
regions and the continued development in

the use of electronic documents such as
marketing literature, operating manuals,
payslips, etc to minimise print.

We make maximum use of internet
and telephone based tools to manage
international meetings in order to minimise
air travel where possible and our businesses
have introduced policies and incentives to
reduce car use.

This year we have reviewed our approach
to managing our environmental impact and
during 2008 we will ask all of our businesses
to measure both their carbon emissions and
waste production with a view to making
reductions.

Looking ahead
Corporate responsibility offers Sage the
opportunity to not only act as a “good citizen”
but also to support our 2010 goals,
particularly:
• Be the most trusted brand in our markets;
• Be the most admired employer within

our markets.

To do this we have elected to take a simple,
pragmatic approach which will enable us to:
• Focus on areas most meaningful to Sage;
• Measure our progress;
• Build in flexibility for our businesses.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

41

2

Softline Pastel

Focus:

Location:

Working with schools to increase
IT literacy in young people
South Africa

3

Sage Day 2007

Focus:

Location:

Creating a public library
in Paraguay
Spain

y
t
i
l
i

i

b
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

2 During 2007 Softline Pastel supplied 5,000
secondary schools throughout South Africa
with free educational accounting software
and educator training.

The Pastel Certified School Programme is
designed to enhance and encourage the
teaching of accounting to young people,
equipping them with vital skills for adult life
and helping them to find jobs when they
leave school.

In South Africa there is a skills shortage in
IT and this is exacerbated by challenges
such as lack of funding in schools to buy
equipment and a lack of IT education in the
curriculum. In industry, there is a lack of
qualified accountants and book-keepers with
the skills to aid small and growing businesses
with the necessary support to grow their
businesses. So this becomes an economic
as well as an educational issue.

The aim of the Softline Pastel project is to help
enlarge the talent pool by equipping youngsters
with computing and accounting skills relevant
in modern industry and thus help build the
South African economy in a very practical way.

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

3
For Sage Day 2007 employees in Spain
got behind a cause to create a public library
in Paraguay to provide children and adults
with access to books for education and self
development. Together they donated over
700 books to help create the new library.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

The three areas of focus for 2008 are:

People
Talent, integrity, employee engagement
Targets for improvement will be set locally
and approved at Group level.

Environment
Carbon footprint, waste reduction
All our businesses will be required to
measure and report carbon emissions and
waste volumes and to target one area for
measurable improvement.

Industry
Enhance position as a business
that supports the SME
Our businesses will take a pro-active stance
to develop an approach that will be most
meaningful in their local markets and which
will support the Sage Brand.

We will report on progress in these areas
next year.

Inherent in our guiding principles is Sage’s
commitment to acting as a responsible
corporate citizen, being aware of our impact
as a business and seeking to enhance the
positive and minimise the negative.

It is possible to undertake a raft of initiatives
and actions under the remit of corporate
responsibility. In 2008, Sage will focus
on the key areas where we believe we
can make a difference, in a way that is
meaningful to our business strategy and
our people.

Although the standards established by local
legislation will apply as a minimum, we aim
to achieve best practice in the local context
of every country in which we operate, and
share across the Group so that we
implement continuous improvement.

It is our policy to set out high level
expectations in three key areas of corporate
responsibility, and for our businesses to
select the aspects of these in which they
will invest their resources. The fourth area of
community and charity activity will be entirely
locally driven and no Group level policy
requirements will be set.

42

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Governance

44 Board of Directors and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance statement
56 Remuneration report

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

43

About Sage
2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

06 Business review
08 Group strategy

and performance

12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

42 Governance
44 Board of Directors
and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance

statement

56 Remuneration report

68 Financial statements
70 Financial statements

– Group

73 Notes to the accounts

– Group

113 Independent auditors’ report

– Group

114 Financial statements

– Company

115 Notes to the accounts

– Company

120 Independent auditors’ report

– Company

121 Additional information
122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

44

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Governance

Board of Directors and advisers

1

4

2

5

3

6

1 Tony Hobson, 60
Chairman, non-executive director
Tony is the Chairman of Northern Foods plc
and a non-executive director of HBOS plc
(where he chairs the Audit Committee) and
Glas Cymru. He was previously Group
Finance Director of Legal and General Group
plc for 14 years, retiring in 2001. He is a
member of the Board of Trustees of the
Darden Graduate School of Business,
University of Virginia. He joined the Board
in June 2004, becoming acting Chairman
in April 2007 and taking up the role
permanently in May 2007.

2 Paul Walker, 50
Chief Executive
Paul joined Sage as Company accountant
in 1984 having previously trained as a
chartered accountant with Arthur Young.
He was appointed Finance Director in 1987
and became Chief Executive in 1994. In May
2002, Paul was appointed to the Board of
Diageo plc as a non-executive director.

3 Paul Harrison, 43
Finance Director
A chartered accountant, Paul moved from
Price Waterhouse, where he was a senior
manager responsible for the provision of
audit and advisory services to larger private
and public companies, to become Group
Financial Controller of Sage in 1997.
He joined the Board as Group Finance
Director in April 2000. In May 2007, Paul
was appointed to the Board of Hays plc
as a non-executive director.

4 Paul Stobart, 50
CEO, UK & Ireland
After qualifying as a chartered accountant
with Price Waterhouse, Paul spent five years
in corporate finance with Hill Samuel before
joining Interbrand, an international marketing
services consultancy, in 1988. He joined
Sage in 1996 as Business Development
Director becoming Managing Director of UK
& Ireland in June 2003. In July 2003, Paul
was appointed to the Board of Capital &
Regional plc as a non-executive director.

5 Guy Berruyer, 56
CEO, Mainland Europe and Asia
Guy was a director of Bull and Claris before
joining Intuit as Country Manager and then
European Director. He joined Sage in 1997
to run its French business and was
appointed to the Board in January 2000.
As well as Mainland Europe, Guy is also
responsible for our operations in Asia.

6 David Clayton, 50
Group Strategy and Mergers
and Acquisitions Director
After a career in senior executive roles
at a number of international technology
companies, David joined BZW in 1995
where, after its merger with CSFB in 1997,
he was Managing Director and Head of
European Technology Research until 2004.
He joined the Board in June 2004 as a
non-executive director before taking up his
current executive role on 1 October 2007.

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

45

7

10

8

11

9

7 Tamara Ingram, 47
Independent non-executive director
Tamara, who joined the Board in December
2004, is responsible for WPP plc’s Procter &
Gamble business worldwide. She is also
Executive Vice President, Executive
Managing Director of Grey Global, Chairman
of Visit London and sits on the Development
Board for the Royal Court Theatre. Prior to
Grey, Tamara was President of the Henley
Centre and marketing insights company
Added Value. Previously, Tamara worked at
Saatchi and Saatchi for 15 years, rising to
the role of Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Saatchi and Saatchi UK.

8 Tim Ingram, 60
Independent non-executive director
Tim is Chief Executive of Caledonia
Investments plc. He was formerly Managing
Director of Business to Business Banking
at Abbey National plc. He is a non-
executive director of Savills plc and of
ANZ Bank (Europe) Ltd and was appointed
to the Group Board in March 2002,
becoming Senior Independent Director
on 25 July 2007.

9 Ruth Markland, 54
Independent non-executive director
Ruth is a non-executive director of Standard
Chartered plc and Chairman of the Board
of Trustees of WRVS. She was formerly
Managing Partner, Asia for the international
law firm, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer
and was appointed to the Group Board
in September 2006.

10 Ian Mason, 45
Independent non-executive director
Ian joined the Board on 1 November 2007.
After working with Mckinsey & Co. and
Boston Consulting Group, he joined
Electrocomponents plc in 1995 as Director
of Business Development becoming Group
Chief Executive in July 2001. He holds an
MBA from INSEAD.

11 Mark Rolfe, 49
Independent non-executive director
After qualifying as a chartered accountant
with Coopers and Lybrand, Mark joined
Gallaher Group plc in 1986, where he was
Finance Director for seven years retiring in
2007. He is also a non-executive director
of Hornby plc and joined the Board on
1 December 2007.

Advisers

Financial Advisers
Deutsche Bank
1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2EQ

Corporate Brokers
Deutsche Bank
1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2EQ

Regional Brokers
Brewin Dolphin Securities Limited
Commercial Union House
39 Pilgrim Street, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 6RQ

Principal Bankers
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
Corporate Banking, 1st Floor
31/32 Park Row, Leeds LS1 5JT

Independent Chartered Accountants
and Registered Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
89 Sandyford Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 8HW

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
The Causeway, Worthing, West Sussex BN99 6DA

Solicitors
Allen & Overy LLP
One Bishops Square, London E1 6AO

Contact details

Registered Office
North Park, Newcastle upon Tyne NE13 9AA

The Sage Group plc
Registered number: 2231246
www.sage.com

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D

f
o
d
r
a
o
B

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

i

s
r
e
s
v
d
a
d
n
a

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
i
f

y
r
a
m
m
u
S

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

46 

Governance   |   Directors’ report 

Directors’ report 
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

The directors present their report and the audited financial statements for the 
year ended 30 September 2007. 

Principal activities 
The Group’s principal activities during the year continued to be the 
development, distribution and support of business management software  
and related products and services for medium-sized and smaller businesses. 

Directors and their interests 
A list of directors, their interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company 
and details of their options over the ordinary share capital of the Company  
are given in the Remuneration report on pages 56 to 67. No director had a 
material interest in any significant contract, other than a service contract or 
contract for services, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time 
during the year.  

Business review 
The Group achieved a profit before taxation of £223.3m on revenue  
of £1,157.6m. 

The Business review including key performance indicators can be found on 
pages 6 to 41 and is incorporated in this Directors’ report by reference. 

Disclaimer 
The purpose of this Annual Report is to provide information to the members  
of the Company. This Annual Report has been prepared for, and only for, the 
members of the Company, as a body, and no other persons. The Company, 
its directors and employees, agents or advisers do not accept or assume 
responsibility to any other person to whom this document is shown or into 
whose hands it may come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly 
disclaimed. The Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements 
with respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the 
Group. By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ 
materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect 
knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this Annual 
Report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-
looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed as a 
profit forecast. 

Results and dividends 
The results for the year, dividends paid and proposed and the amount 
transferred to reserves are set out on page 70. The Board proposes a final 
dividend of 5.73p per share (2006: 2.51p per share) taking the proposed full 
year dividend to 7.00p per share (2006: 3.59p per share). 

As at the date of this report, indemnities are in place under which the 
Company has agreed to indemnify the directors of the Company and the 
former directors of the Company who held office during the year ended  
30 September 2007, to the extent permitted by law and by the Company’s 
articles of association, in respect of all liabilities incurred in connection with the 
performance of their duties as a director of the Company or its subsidiaries. 
Copies of these indemnities are available for review at the registered office  
of the Company. 

Employment policy 
The Group continues to give full and fair consideration to applications for 
employment made by disabled persons, having regard to their respective 
aptitudes and abilities. The policy includes, where practicable, the continued 
employment of those who may become disabled during their employment  
and the provision of training and career development and promotion, where 
appropriate. The Group has continued its policy of employee involvement by 
making information available to employees on matters of concern to them. 
Many employees are stakeholders in the business through participation in 
share option schemes. Further details of employment policies are given on 
pages 38 and 39. 

Creditor payment policy 
Given the international nature of its operations, the Group does not operate  
a standard code in respect of payments to suppliers. Subsidiary operating 
companies are responsible for agreeing the terms and conditions under which 
business transactions with their suppliers are conducted, including the terms 
of payment. It is the Group’s policy that payments to suppliers are made 
promptly in accordance with these terms. Creditor days for the Group have 
been calculated at 40 days (2006: 40 days). 

Research and development 
During the year, the Group invested £111.4m (2006: £94.8m) in research and 
development. This has resulted in the release of a number of new and updated 
products and features as referred to in the Business review on pages 6 to 41. 

Substantial shareholdings 
At 18 January 2008, the Company had been notified, in accordance with 
sections 792 to 820 of the Companies Act 2006, of the following interests  
in the ordinary share capital of the Company: 

Charitable contributions and political donations 
During the year, within the UK, charitable contributions totalling £135,000 were 
made, which included £77,000 to The Tyne and Wear Community Foundation, 
£17,000 to The Community Foundation for Greater Manchester, £17,000  
to The Berkshire Community Foundation, and a total of £24,000 smaller 
contributions to numerous charities. The rest of the Group made charitable 
contributions totalling £85,000. No political donations were made in the year. 

Name 

Invesco plc 

Baillie  
Gifford & Co 

–

–

Direct
shares %

Indirect 
shares 

%

Total
shares

%

– 131,986,001  10.12 131,986,001 10.12

– 124,221,242  9.52 124,221,242

9.52

8.43

Aviva plc 

77,707,985 5.96 32,171,744  2.47 109,879,729

Legal & General 
Investment 
Management  
Ltd 

52,530,537 4.02

– 

– 52,530,537

4.02

 
 
 
 
47

Future developments 
The Group’s future developments are described in the Business review on 
pages 6 to 41. 

Additional information for shareholders 
Following the implementation of the EU Takeover Directive into UK law,  
the following description provides the required information for shareholders 
where not already provided elsewhere in this report. This summary is based  
on the Company’s current articles of association (the “Current Articles”), but 
please note that it is proposed that the Company will adopt new articles of 
association (the “New Articles”) with effect from the conclusion of the Annual 
General Meeting on Thursday 28 February 2008, brief details of which are set 
out on page 50. 

Share capital 
The Company has a single class of share capital which is divided into ordinary 
shares of 1p each. 

Rights and obligations attaching to shares 
Voting In a general meeting of the Company, subject to the provisions of the 
Current Articles and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached  
to any class of shares in the Company (of which there are none): 

•  On a show of hands, every member present in person shall have one vote; 

and 

•  On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have  

one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder. 

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in 
respect of any shares held by him or her if any call or other sum then payable 
by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. Currently, all issued 
shares are fully paid.  

Deadlines for voting rights Full details of the deadlines for exercising voting 
rights in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the Annual General 
Meeting to be held on 28 February 2008 are set out in the Notice of meeting, 
as set out on pages 122 and 123. 

Dividends and distributions Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 
1985 and the Companies Act 2006 (the “Companies Acts”), the Company 
may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the members,  
but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board.  
The Board may pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, 
whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, 
justifies its payment. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata 
according to the amounts paid up on the shares. 

Liquidation Under the Current Articles, if the Company is in liquidation, the 
liquidator may, with the authority of an extraordinary resolution of the Company 
and any other authority required by the Statutes (as defined in the  
Current Articles): 

•  Divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of 

the Company; or 

•  Vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the 
benefit of members as the liquidator, with the like authority, shall think fit. 

Transfer of shares 
Subject to the Current Articles, any member may transfer all or any of his or 
her certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any 
other form which the Board may approve. The Board may, in its absolute 

discretion and without giving any reason, decline to register any instrument  
of transfer of a certificated share which is not a fully paid share or on which  
the Company has a lien. The Board may also decline to register a transfer  
of a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer is: (i) left at the office,  
or at such other place as the Board may decide, for registration; and (ii) 
accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be transferred and such  
other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove the title  
of the intending transferor or his or her right to transfer the shares. 

The Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be held in 
uncertificated form and, subject to the Current Articles, title to uncertificated 
shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system and may revoke any 
such permission. Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be 
refused where permitted by the Statutes (as defined in the Current Articles). 

Repurchase of Shares 
The Company obtained shareholder authority at the last Annual General 
Meeting (held on 6 March 2007) to buy back up to 129,428,000 ordinary 
shares, which remains outstanding until the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting on 28 February 2008. The minimum price which must be 
paid for such shares is 1p and the maximum price payable is the higher of  
5 per cent. above the average of the mid-market price of the ordinary shares  
of the Company as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official  
List for the five business days immediately before the purchase is made  
and the amount stipulated by Article 5(1) of the Buy-back and Stabilisation 
Regulation 2003 (in each case exclusive of expenses). 

Amendment of the Company’s articles of association 
Any amendments to the Company’s articles of association may be made  
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985 by way of 
special resolution. 

Appointment and replacement of directors 
Directors shall be no less than two and no more than fifteen in number. 
Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or by  
the Board. A director appointed by the Board holds office only until the  
next following Annual General Meeting and is then eligible for election by  
the shareholders. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more 
directors to hold employment or executive office for such period (subject  
to the Companies Acts) and on such terms as they may determine and  
may revoke or terminate any such appointment. 

At every Annual General Meeting of the Company, any director in office who (a) 
has been appointed by the Board since the previous Annual General Meeting 
or (b) at the start of business on the date which is 30 clear days prior to the 
date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting had held office for 
more than 30 months since he or she was elected or last re-elected shall in 
either case retire from office (but shall be eligible for election or re-election by 
the shareholders).The Company may by extraordinary resolution (or by 
ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given) remove and the 
Board by unanimous decision may remove any director before the expiration 
of his term of office. The office of director shall be vacated if: (i) he or she 
resigns (ii) he or she is or may be suffering from a mental disorder; (iii) he or she 
is absent without permission of the Board from meetings of the Board for six 
consecutive months and the Board resolves that his or her office is vacated; 
(iv) he or she becomes bankrupt or compounds with his or her creditors 
generally; (v) he or she is prohibited by law from being a director; or (vi) he or 
she is removed from office pursuant to the Current Articles. 

 
 
48 

Governance   |   Directors’ report 

Powers of the directors 
The business of the Company will be managed by the Board who may 
exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to the provisions of the 
Company’s memorandum of association, the Current Articles, the Companies 
Acts and any ordinary resolution of the Company.  

Shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust 
The trustee of the Sage Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) has agreed 
not to vote any shares held in the EBT at any general meeting. If any offer is 
made to shareholders to acquire their shares the trustee will not be obliged  
to accept or reject the offer in respect of any shares which are at that time 
subject to subsisting awards, but will have regard to the interests of the award 
holders and will have power to consult them to obtain their views on the offer. 
Subject to the above the trustee may take the action with respect to the offer  
it thinks fair. 

Significant agreements 
The following significant agreements contain provisions entitling the 
counterparties to exercise termination or other rights in the event of a change 
of control of the Company: 

•  Under a £200,000,000 bilateral credit facility agreement dated 18 January 

2006 between, amongst others, the Company and Lloyds TSB Bank Plc (as 
facility agent), on a change of control, if the majority lenders so require and 
after having consulted with the Company in good faith for not less than 30 
days following the change of control, the facility agent shall, by not less than 
10 business days’ notice to the Company, cancel the facility and declare all 
outstanding loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts 
accrued under the finance documents immediately due and payable; and 

•  Under a £650,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit facility agreement 

dated 4 August 2006 between, amongst others, the Company and Lloyds 
TSB Bank Plc (as facility agent), on a change of control, if the majority 
lenders so require and after having consulted with the Company in good 
faith for not less than 20 days following the change of control, the facility 
agent shall, by not less than 10 business days’ notice to the Company, 
cancel the facility and declare all outstanding loans, together with the 
accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the finance 
documents immediately due and payable. 

Under the terms of both credit facility agreements, a “change of control”  
occurs if any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of  
the Company. 

Annual General Meeting 
Notice of the twentieth Annual General Meeting of The Sage Group plc to  
be held on Thursday 28 February 2008 is set out on pages 122 and 123.  
A form of proxy is enclosed for members who wish to use one. It should be 
returned so as to be with the Company’s registrars no later than 10.00am on 
26 February 2008. Shareholders with internet access may register their voting 
instructions online for the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. They may 
register their vote electronically by going to www.sharevote.co.uk. They will be 
required to key in the three security numbers printed on the form of proxy to 
access the voting site. CREST members may appoint their proxy or proxies 
electronically via Equiniti (ID 7RA01). 

The Resolutions to be put at the Annual General Meeting are in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting set out on pages 122 and 123. 

Resolution 1 is to receive and consider the audited accounts for the year 
ended 30 September 2007 together with the reports of the directors and 

auditors. The directors are required to present to the meeting the accounts 
together with these reports which are contained in this Annual Report. 

Resolution 2 recommends a final dividend of 5.73p per ordinary share  
be declared. The final dividend declared cannot exceed the amount 
recommended by the directors. The proposed final dividend, which will be 
payable on 7 March 2008 to holders of ordinary shares registered at the  
close of business on 8 February 2008, will bring the total dividend for the  
year to 7.00p per share. Last year the total dividend was 3.59p per share. 

Resolutions 3 to 7 relate to the election and re-election of certain directors to 
the Board.  

In accordance with the Company’s articles of association, Mr A J Hobson,  
Ms T Ingram, Mr I Mason, Mr D H Clayton and Mr M E Rolfe will be retiring  
at the Annual General Meeting and, being eligible, will offer themselves for  
re-election.  

Mr A J Hobson has a contract for services with the Company for a fixed period 
of three years from 24 May 2007, terminable within that period by twelve 
months’ notice from the Company or from him. 

Ms T Ingram has a contract for services with the Company for a fixed term  
of three years from 21 December 2007, terminable within that period by  
six months’ notice from the Company and one month’s notice from her. 

Mr I Mason has a contract for services with the Company for a fixed term  
of three years from 1 November 2007, terminable within that period by  
six months’ notice from the Company and one month’s notice from him. 

Mr D H Clayton has a service contract with the Company, terminable on 
twelve months’ notice from the Company or from him. 

Mr M E Rolfe has a contract for services with the Company for a fixed term  
of three years from 1 December 2007, terminable within that period by  
six months’ notice from the Company and one month’s notice from him. 

Resolution 3 relates to the re-election of Mr A J Hobson. Mr Hobson joined 
the Board in June 2004 becoming Chairman in May 2007. He is also 
Chairman of Northern Foods plc and a non-executive director of HBOS plc 
(where he chairs the Audit Committee) and Glas Cymru. Following his 
appointment as a non-executive director, Mr Hobson chaired the Audit 
Committee of the Company although he will step down from this role in April 
2008. Mr Hobson became Chairman of the Board after the resignation of  
Sir Julian Horn-Smith in April 2007. Sir Julian had joined the Board in March 
2006 becoming Chairman in August 2006. Given the executive search 
undertaken by external search consultants at the time of the appointment  
of Sir Julian it was not felt appropriate to appoint such consultants prior to  
Mr Hobson’s appointment. 

Resolution 4 relates to the re-election of Ms T Ingram. Ms Ingram joined the 
Board in December 2004 as a non-executive director. She is responsible  
for WPP plc’s Procter & Gamble business worldwide. She is also Executive 
Vice President, Executive Managing Director of Grey Global, Chairman of  
Visit London and sits on the Development Board for the Royal Court Theatre.  
Prior to Grey, Ms Ingram was President of the Henley Centre and marketing 
insights company Added Value. Previously, Ms Ingram worked at Saatchi and 
Saatchi for 15 years, rising to the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
of Saatchi and Saatchi UK. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
49

Resolution 5 relates to the election of Mr I Mason. Mr Mason joined the Board 
on 1 November 2007 as a non-executive director following the appointment  
of an external search consultancy to identify potential non-executive directors.  
He has extensive knowledge of technology industries as Chief Executive of 
Electrocomponents plc, the listed distributor of components to development 
and maintenance engineers in all types of business around the world. 

Resolution 6 relates to the election of Mr D H Clayton as a director of the 
Company. After a number of senior executive roles Mr Clayton joined BZW in 
1995 where, after its merger with CSFB in 1997, he was Managing Director 
and Head of European Technology Research until 2004. He joined the  
Board of Sage in June 2004 as a non-executive director, becoming senior 
independent non-executive director in September 2006. In July 2007  
Mr Clayton stepped down from his non-executive role, rejoining the Board  
in October 2007 in the executive role of Group Strategy and Mergers and 
Acquisitions Director. 

Resolution 7 relates to the election of Mr M E Rolfe. After a review undertaken 
by external search consultants, Mr Rolfe joined the Board as a non-executive 
director on 1 December 2007. A fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants, Mr Rolfe has recent and relevant financial experience having 
been finance director of Gallaher Group plc from 2000 to 2007 and brings  
to the Board significant financial experience in a large multi-national and 
expanding business. 

Further biographical details of Messrs Hobson, Mason, Clayton and Rolfe  
and Ms Ingram are set out on pages 44 and 45. 

The Nomination Committee, which is the Committee of the Board which 
considers the balance of the Board and the mix of skills, knowledge and 
experience of its members, has considered and approved the re-election  
of Ms Ingram and of Mr Hobson and the election of Messrs Mason,  
Clayton and Rolfe. All the proposed appointees have been subject to a formal 
evaluation procedure in the last twelve months other than Mr Mason and  
Mr Rolfe who joined the Board in November 2007 and December 2007 
respectively. Following that procedure the Chairman confirms the continuing 
commitment and contribution of Ms Ingram and Mr Clayton to their roles and 
recommends their re-election together with that of Messrs Mason and Rolfe. 
Mr T C W Ingram, the Senior Independent Director, also confirms the 
continuing commitment and contribution to his role of Mr A J Hobson.  

Resolution 8 relates to the re-appointment of the auditors. 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have indicated their willingness to continue  
in office. 

Resolution 9 is to approve the Remuneration report on pages 56 to 67.  
The Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 (the “Regulations”) 
require that a report, prepared in accordance with the Regulations, is put  
to a vote of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. 

Resolutions 10 and 11 will be proposed to enable the directors to renew  
their existing power to allot unissued shares in the capital of the Company up 
to an aggregate nominal amount of £4,347,333 (representing 33.3% of the 
nominal value of the Company’s issued share capital on 18 January 2008,  
the latest practicable date prior to the printing of this document) and to allot 
equity securities for cash up to an aggregate nominal amount of £652,100 
(representing 4.9% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company on  
18 January 2008, the latest practicable date prior to the printing of this 
document). These authorities will expire at the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company. The directors do not have any present 
intention of exercising these authorities other than in connection with the 

Group’s employee share schemes and do not intend to issue more than 7.5% 
of the issued share capital of the Company under the authority to allot equity 
securities for cash in any three year period without prior consultation with the 
relevant investor groups. The Company currently holds no shares in treasury. 

Resolution 12 set out in the Notice of Meeting will be proposed to continue  
to enable the Company to purchase its own shares in accordance with section 
166 of the Companies Act 1985 on such terms and in such manner as the 
directors determine, subject to the following:  

•  The price which may be paid for each ordinary share will not be less than 
the nominal value of the share and will not exceed the higher of 5% above 
the average of the mid-market price of the ordinary shares of the Company 
(as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the five 
business days before the purchase is made and that amount stipulated  
by Article 5(1) of the Buy-back and Stabilisation Regulation 2003, in each 
case exclusive of any expenses payable by the Company; 

•  The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased 

pursuant to this authority shall be limited to 130,416,015 shares which is 
equivalent to approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital  
as at 30 September 2007; 

•  The authority will remain in force until the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company but will terminate on 31 March 2009  
if the Annual General Meeting has not been held by that date.  

The Company may agree before the authority terminates to purchase  
ordinary shares where the purchase will or may be executed after the  
authority terminates (either in whole or in part). The Company may complete 
such a purchase even though the authority has ended.  

The Company has no present intention to exercise this authority, nor were  
any shares repurchased in the year to 30 September 2007 under previous 
authorities. In any event, the power given by the resolution will only be 
exercised if the directors are satisfied that any purchase will increase the 
earnings per share of the ordinary share capital in issue after the purchase  
and, accordingly, that the purchase is in the interests of shareholders.  
The directors will also give careful consideration to gearing levels of the 
Company and its general financial position. The purchase price would be  
paid out of distributable profits. 

A listed company may hold shares in treasury, as an alternative to cancelling 
them, following a purchase of own shares by the Company in accordance  
with the Companies Act 1985. Shares held in treasury in this manner will be 
available for resale by the Company or may be transferred for the purpose  
of or pursuant to an employees’ share scheme. Accordingly, if the directors 
exercise the authority conferred by Resolution 12, the Company will have  
the option of holding those shares in treasury, rather than cancelling them. 
Your Board will have regard to any guidelines published by any of the  
investor groups in force at the time of any such purchase, holding or  
re-sale of treasury shares. 

The total number of options to subscribe for ordinary shares and awards  
to be satisfied by newly issued ordinary shares under other long-term  
incentive plans of the Group that were outstanding at 18 January 2008 (being 
the latest practicable date prior to the printing of this report) was 54,109,820.  
The proportion of issued share capital that they represented at that time  
was 4.1% and the proportion of issued share capital that they will represent  
if the full authority to purchase shares (existing and being sought) is used  
is 4.6%. 

 
 
50 

Governance   |   Directors’ report 

Resolution 13 will be proposed to adopt new articles of association (the  
“New Articles”) with effect from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting 
on 28 February 2008. The Companies Act 2006 received Royal Assent in 
November 2006. The Companies Act 2006 represents a major reform of  
UK companies’ legislation and is being brought into force on a staged  
basis between January 2007 and October 2009. It is proposed that, at this 
year’s Annual General Meeting, the Company updates its current articles of 
association (the “Current Articles”) primarily to take account of changes in 
English company law brought about by certain provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006 in force on 1 October 2007.  

The principal changes introduced in the New Articles are summarised below. 
Other changes, which are of a minor, technical or clarifying nature and also 
some more minor changes which merely reflect changes made by the 
Companies Act 2006 have not been noted below. 

Articles which duplicate statutory provisions 
Provisions in the Current Articles which replicate provisions contained in the 
Companies Act 2006 are in the main to be removed in the New Articles.  
This is in line with the approach advocated by the Government that statutory 
provisions should not be duplicated in a company’s constitution. Certain 
examples of such provisions include provisions as to the form of resolutions 
and provisions regarding the period of notice required to convene general 
meetings. The main changes made to reflect this approach are detailed below. 

•  Form of resolution The Current Articles contain a provision that, where  

for any purpose an ordinary resolution is required, a special or extraordinary 
resolution is also effective and that, where an extraordinary resolution is 
required, a special resolution is also effective. This provision is being 
removed as the concept of extraordinary resolutions has not been retained 
under the Companies Act 2006. 

•  Convening and notice of general meetings It is proposed that the 

provisions in the Current Articles dealing with the convening of general 
meetings and the length of notice required to convene general meetings be 
removed in the New Articles because the relevant matters are provided for 
in the Companies Act 2006. In particular a general meeting (other than an 
annual general meeting) to consider a special resolution can be convened 
on 14 days notice whereas previously 21 days notice was required.  
The New Articles also reflect the fact that the chairman of a general  
meeting no longer has a casting vote.  

•  Quorum requirements The Companies Act 2006 provides in general  

terms that the quorum for a general meeting be calculated by reference  
to the numbers of “qualifying persons” who are present at the meeting, 
which includes an individual who is a member of the Company, a person 
authorised to act as the representative of a corporation, and a person 
appointed as proxy of a member. As before, it is proposed that the quorum 
for a general meeting will be two but, in line with the Companies Act 2006, 
the New Articles make clear that there will be no double counting for 
qualifying persons who are representatives of the same corporation or 
proxies of the same member. 

•  Votes of members Under the Companies Act 2006 proxies are entitled to 
vote on a show of hands whereas under the Current Articles proxies are 
only entitled to vote on a poll. A proxy also has a statutory right under the 
Companies Act 2006 to speak at any general meeting. The time limits for 
the appointment or termination of a proxy appointment have been altered  
by the Companies Act 2006 so that the articles cannot provide that they 
should be received more than 48 hours before the meeting or in the case  
of a poll taken more than 48 hours after the meeting, more than 24 hours 
before the time for the taking of a poll, with weekends and bank holidays 
being permitted to be excluded for this purpose. Multiple proxies may be 
appointed provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights 
attached to a different share held by the shareholder. Under the Companies 
Act 2006, multiple corporate representatives may be appointed. The New 
Articles reflect these new provisions.  

•  Directors’ indemnities The Companies Act 2006 has in some areas 

widened the scope of the powers of a company to indemnify directors.  
In particular, a company can now indemnify a director of a company that  
is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme against liability incurred  
in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of that scheme.  
This is reflected in the New Articles. The opportunity is also being taken  
to clarify that, subject to the Companies Act 2006, the Company may  
grant indemnities to directors of associated companies. 

•  Liens on shares, calls on shares and forfeiture of shares The Current 
Articles contain provisions dealing with liens on shares, calls on shares  
and the forfeiture of shares. These provisions have been removed in the 
New Articles as the Company does not have any partly paid shares and  
the directors do not envisage using their powers under such provisions. 

Over the coming year, the Company (in conjunction with its legal advisers) 
intends to conduct a further review of the Articles, incorporating any further 
changes which are necessary or desirable following the full implementation  
of the Companies Act 2006. Any proposed amendments will be put to 
shareholders at future Annual General Meetings. Copies of the Current Articles 
and New Articles (and comparison documents showing all the proposed 
changes to the Current Articles) are available for inspection during normal 
business hours at the registered office of the Company and at the offices  
of its solicitors, Allen & Overy LLP (One Bishops Square, London E1 6AO)  
until 28 February 2008 or upon request from the Company Secretary.  
Copies will also be available at the Annual General Meeting from 9.00am  
until its conclusion. 

By Order of the Board  

M J Robinson  
Secretary  
18 January 2008  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance   |   Corporate governance statement 

Corporate governance statement 

The Company and the Group are committed to high standards of  
corporate governance and the Board is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for good corporate governance. This statement describes how 
the relevant principles of corporate governance are applied by the Company. 
Throughout the year the Company has been in compliance with the provisions 
set out in the Revised Combined Code (2003) on Corporate Governance 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council (the “Combined Code”), other  
than A.3.2 relating to the composition of the Board and C.3.1 relating to  
the composition of the Audit Committee of the Board. 

Rule A.3.2 requires at least half the Board, not counting the Chairman,  
to comprise non-executive directors determined by the Board to be 
independent. For the period from the resignation of Sir Julian Horn-Smith  
and the appointment of Mr A J Hobson to the role of acting Chairman of the 
Board on 27 April 2007, to the appointment to the Board of Mr M E Rolfe on  
1 December 2007 this ratio was not maintained. There were a number of 
changes to the Board during the year which made compliance difficult to 
achieve for a short period. However, the Board took steps to mitigate this  
non-compliance by immediately appointing executive search consultants to 
identify new non-executive candidates. With the appointment of Mr Rolfe  
on 1 December 2007 the Company is again fully compliant with the rule. 

Rule C.3.1 requires the Audit Committee of the Board to comprise all 
independent non-executive directors. From his appointment on 27 April  
2007 to the role of acting Chairman of the Board, Mr A J Hobson, who was 
Chairman of the Audit Committee at that time, ceased to be independent  
for the purposes of that rule and the Company therefore ceased to comply. 
During this period the Company considered it appropriate for Mr Hobson  
to continue to chair the Committee whilst the search for a successor was 
undertaken. Mr M E Rolfe was appointed to the Board on 1 December 2007 
and has joined its Audit Committee. It is the intention of the Board that  
Mr Rolfe, whose biography appears on page 45, will take over the role of  
chair of the Audit Committee on 1 April 2008 and that Mr Hobson will retire 
from the Committee at that time. The Company will at that time comply again 
with Rule C.3.1. 

The workings of the Board and its committees  

The Board 
The Board currently comprises the non-executive Chairman, the Chief 
Executive, four other executive directors and five other independent non-
executive directors. The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are 
quite distinct from one another and are clearly defined in written terms of 
reference for each role adopted by the Board and available to shareholders  
on request to the Secretary at the registered office and on the Company’s 
website at www.sage.com. 

The directors’ biographies appear on pages 44 and 45. These demonstrate 
that the directors have a range of experience and are of sufficient calibre to 
bring independent judgement on issues of strategy, performance, resources 
and standards of conduct, which is vital to the success of the Group.  
All directors are subject to re-election at least every three years.  

51

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the proper management of  
the Group. Where it is considered appropriate, training is made available to 
directors and training needs are assessed as part of the evaluation procedure 
of the Board referred to below. A statement of the directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the accounts is set out on page 55. The Board has formally 
adopted a schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for decision which is 
available to shareholders on request to the Secretary at the registered office 
and which is also available on the Company’s website at www.sage.com.  
All directors have access to the advice and services of the Secretary, who is 
responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and 
that applicable rules and regulations are complied with. The Secretary ensures 
that the directors take independent professional advice as required at the 
expense of the Company when it is judged necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities as directors. The appointment and removal of the Secretary  
is a matter for the Board as a whole.  

The Board meets formally not less than six times a year, reviewing trading 
performance, ensuring adequate funding, setting and monitoring strategy, 
examining major acquisition opportunities and reviewing regular reports to 
shareholders. In the year under review the Board met on nine occasions,  
six such meetings being formal Board meetings with a further three meetings 
of the Board called at short notice and held by telephone to consider 
acquisition opportunities and other Board issues. All directors in office at the 
time attended all of these Board meetings other than Ms T Ingram who was 
unable to attend meetings held on short notice on two occasions and each  
of Messrs Horn-Smith, Stobart, Hobson, Walker, Verni and Clayton and  
Ms Markland who were unable to attend meetings called on short notice  
on one occasion. 

The non-executive directors have a particular responsibility to ensure that  
the strategies proposed by the executive directors are fully considered.  
To enable the Board to discharge its duties, all directors receive appropriate 
and timely information. Briefing papers are distributed by the Secretary  
to all directors in advance of Board meetings. The members of the  
Board have evaluated the performance of the Board, its committees and 
individual members at meetings and also through the completion of detailed 
questionnaires. These are reviewed and considered by the Chairman  
and by the Board as a whole. In the year under review, the questionnaires 
indicated no areas of concern. 

The current Board complies with the main principle in paragraph A.3 of the 
Combined Code in that it includes a balance of executive and non-executive 
directors so that no individual or small group of individuals can dominate the 
Board’s decision taking. 

New members of the Board undergo a full, formal and tailored induction to  
the Board. Mr I Mason and Mr M E Rolfe, who were appointed to the Board  
on 1 November 2007 and 1 December 2007 respectively, are currently 
undertaking such an induction process. 

 
52 

Governance   |   Corporate governance statement 

The Chairman 
The terms of reference for the Chairman of the Board ensure that this role  
is quite distinct from that of the Chief Executive and are set out on the 
Company’s website at www.sage.com. 

The Chairman of the Board has held meetings with the non-executive directors 
without the executive directors. In addition, the non-executive directors have 
met without the Chairman present to appraise the Chairman’s performance. 
The Chairman also ensures that shareholder communication and responses 
are discussed at each meeting of the Board and that all shareholders have 
access to the non-executive directors, through a request to the Chairman  
or the Secretary. 

The Senior Independent Director 
The Board has appointed Mr T C W Ingram to the role of Senior Independent 
Director. This role provides a point of contact for those shareholders who  
wish to raise issues with the Board, other than through the Chairman.  
He is available to consult with shareholders and also chairs meetings  
of the non-executive directors without the Chairman present. 

Committees of the Board 
Committees of the Board deal with certain specific aspects of the Group’s 
affairs. These Committees are the Remuneration Committee, the Audit 
Committee and the Nomination Committee. Details of all these Committees 
are set out below. Whilst the Board notes that a number of independent non-
executive directors are members of more than one Board Committee, it is 
considered that membership is appropriate in the light of the Board’s policy 
that all independent non-executive directors are given the opportunity to take 
part in the discussions of those Committees. The terms of reference of the 
Remuneration, Nomination and Audit Committees are reviewed annually and 
are available on request from the Secretary at the registered office of the 
Company or on the Company’s website at www.sage.com. 

Remuneration Committee 
The Group’s Remuneration Committee is chaired by Mr T C W Ingram and  
its other members are the Chairman of the Board, Mr A J Hobson, and the 
other independent non-executive directors, Ms T Ingram, Ms R Markland,  
Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee on 1 November 2007) and Mr M E 
Rolfe (who joined the Committee on 1 December 2007). Mr D H Clayton 
ceased to be a member of the Committee on his ceasing to be a  
non-executive director on 25 July 2007. Under its terms of reference, the 
Committee meets at least twice a year. In the year under review, six meetings 
of the Committee were held on full notice with a further three held at short 
notice. All members in office at the time attended all the meetings other than 
Ms Ingram who was unable to attend one meeting, held on full notice, and 
each of Ms Ingram, Mr Hobson and Mr Clayton who were unable to attend 
meetings held on short notice on one occasion. The Chief Executive may,  
by invitation of the Committee, attend meetings (except when his own 
performance and remuneration are under review) but he is not a member of 
the Committee. The Committee is responsible for making recommendations  
to the Board, within agreed terms of reference, on the Company’s framework 
of executive remuneration and its cost. The Committee determines the 
contract terms, remuneration and other benefits for each of the executive 
directors including share options, performance share awards, performance-
related bonus schemes, pension rights and compensation payments. 
Remuneration consultants advise the Committee. The Committee also 
monitors remuneration for those senior executives below Board level.  
The Board itself determines the remuneration of the non-executive directors. 
The Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. 

Details of the Company’s policies on directors’ remuneration are given in the 
Remuneration report on pages 56 to 67, together with further details of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee is chaired by Mr A J Hobson although it is the intention 
that he will retire from the Committee in April 2008 when Mr M E Rolfe will 
become its chair. Its other members are independent non-executive directors, 
Mr T C W Ingram, Ms R Markland, Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee  
on 1 November 2007) and Mr M E Rolfe (who joined the Committee on  
1 December 2007). Mr Hobson and Mr Rolfe are both Fellows of the Institute  
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and are considered by the 
Board to have the recent and relevant financial experience required for the 
provisions of the Combined Code. The other members of the Committee have 
a wide range of business experience, which is evidenced in their biographies 
on pages 44 and 45. The Board makes appointments to the Committee and 
the Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. Full induction 
training is provided for new members and additional training is provided as  
and when required. 

The main duties of the Committee, set out in its Terms of Reference are to:  

•  Make recommendations on the appointment and remuneration of external 

auditors and to monitor their performance and independence; 

•  Approve and monitor the policy for non-audit services provided by the 
external auditors to ensure that the independence of the auditors is  
not compromised; 

•  Review and advise the Board on the Company’s interim and annual financial 
statements, its accounting policies and on the control and mitigation of its 
financial and business risks; 

•  Review the nature and scope of the work to be performed by the external 
and internal auditors, the results of their audit work and of the response of 
management; and 

•  Review and advise the Board on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 

control environment, including its “whistleblowing” procedures. 

Meetings 
The Committee invites executive directors, management, external and  
internal auditors to attend meetings as it considers appropriate for the  
matters being discussed. 

Work of the Committee 
In the financial year, the Audit Committee met on four occasions with  
all members present on each occasion and reported its conclusions  
to the Board. It met privately with the internal and external auditors  
without executives present. It also met with executive management  
and executive directors.  

The Committee discharged its obligations in respect of the financial year  
as follows: 

•  Financial reporting During the year the Committee reviewed the interim 
and annual financial statements. The Committee received a report from  
the external auditors setting out the accounting or judgemental issues  
which required its attention. The auditors’ reports were based on a full  
audit (Annual Report) and a high level review (Interim Report) respectively.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
53

•  Internal controls and risk management The Committee considers reports 
from internal audit on the operation of, and issues arising from, the Group’s 
internal control procedures, together with observations from the external 
auditors. The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management process, which considers the key risks, both financial and 
non-financial, facing the Group and the effectiveness of the Group’s controls 
to manage and reduce the impact of those risks. 

•  Internal audit Internal audit activities and responsibilities are provided  
by KPMG, under an outsourcing agreement. The Group’s Risk Officer 
provides oversight and coordination of Internal Audit but Internal Audit  
has a direct reporting line to the Audit Committee and its Chairman.  
This ensures its independence.  

It is the role of Internal Audit to advise management and the Board on the 
extent to which systems of internal control are effective. The Internal Audit 
plan which covers the scope, authority and resources of the function is 
determined through a structured process of risk assessment and is 
approved by the Audit Committee. 

The nature and scope of the work of the internal audit team was reviewed 
and approved, the reports of results received and the responses of 
management considered. The plan set out at the beginning of the year  
was achieved and the outcome of the work was in line with expectations. 

•  External audit The Audit Committee is responsible for the development, 
implementation and monitoring of the Group’s policy on external audit.  
The policy assigns oversight responsibility for monitoring the independence, 
objectivity and compliance with ethical and regulatory requirements  
to the Audit Committee and day to day responsibility to the Group  
Finance Director. 

To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the Audit  
Committee reviewed: 

–  The external auditors’ fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and  

any variations; 

–  The robustness and perceptiveness of the auditors in their handling  

of key accounting and audit judgements; and 

–  The content of the external auditors’ Internal Control Report. 

The Committee is confident that the objectivity and independence of the 
auditors is not impaired in any way by reason of their non-audit work.  
The Committee has adopted controls to ensure that the independence  
of the external audit process is not compromised and that, in the provision  
of non-audit services, the objectivity and independence of the external  
auditors is safeguarded. These controls include the continued monitoring of 
the independence and effectiveness of the audit process. The scope, fee, 
performance and independence of the external auditor is considered annually 
by the Audit Committee, together with an evaluation of whether the external 
audit should be tendered. In addition, audit partners are rotated every five 
years and a formal statement of independence from the external auditors is 
received each year. In relation to the provision of non-audit services, executive 
management has the discretion, (subject to certain financial limitations), to 
obtain taxation services from the auditors without prior reference to the  
Audit Committee subject to regularly appraising the Audit Committee of the 
amount and nature of fees for such services. Other non-audit services may be 
undertaken by the external auditors, subject to all projects expected to cost in 
excess of an amount set by the Audit Committee being approved in advance 
either by the Chairman of the Audit Committee or by the full Audit Committee 
depending on the expected cost of the project. The Chairman of the Audit 

Committee may require that such projects are put out to tender to a number  
of firms. It is the policy of the Committee to require acquisition due diligence  
be undertaken by firms other than the auditors unless conflicts of interest for 
comparable firms make this impractical. Further details of fees paid to the 
auditors are set out on page 82.  

In the year to 30 September 2007 the audit fee was £1,524,000.  
The Company’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, also perform  
non-audit services for the Group (principally tax advice) over and above  
the external audit. The fees in relation to these services were £1,519,000 
which was attributable to taxation services and compliance work. The Audit 
Committee keeps the ratio of audit to non-audit fees under review and  
has determined that the ratio of non-audit fees (other than those relating  
to taxation) paid to the auditors and the audit fee should not exceed 1:1.  
The Committee believes that the Company receives particular benefit from  
tax advice provided by its auditors given their wide and detailed knowledge  
of the Group and the very international nature of the Group.  

As a consequence of its satisfaction with the results of the activities outlined 
above, the Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that the external 
auditors are re-appointed. 

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Chairman of the Board,  
Mr A J Hobson and consists of the Chairman and five independent  
non-executive directors, Mr T C W Ingram, Ms T Ingram, Ms R Markland,  
Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee on 1 November 2007) and Mr M E 
Rolfe (who joined the Committee on 1 December 2007). In the absence  
of the Chairman of the Board, the Committee is chaired by the Senior 
Independent Director. The Nomination Committee meets not less than once  
a year. Seven meetings of the Committee took place in the year under review 
at which all the members of the Committee in office at the time were present 
other than on one occasion where Ms Ingram, Mr Hobson and Mr Clayton 
(who was then a member) were unable to attend. 

The Nomination Committee is responsible for a number of matters relating  
to the composition of the Board and its committees including proposing 
candidates for appointment to the Board, having regard to its balance and 
structure and considering issues of succession. Recruitment consultants are 
used to assist in the process. The Nomination Committee is also responsible 
for an annual review of the membership of the Board, evaluating the balance  
of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and advising the Board on 
any areas where further recruitment may be appropriate. It also considers the 
succession planning of the Group for key executive personnel at Board level 
and below. The Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. 

Relations with shareholders 
Communication with shareholders is given high priority. The Chairman’s 
welcome and Business review on pages 2 to 41 include a detailed review of 
the business and future developments in relation to it. A full Annual Report and 
Accounts is sent to all shareholders who so wish, although shareholders have 
been given the opportunity to receive Summary Financial Statements in place 
of the full Annual Report and Accounts. The Company also has a website 
(www.sage.com) which contains up to date information on Group activities 
and published financial results. There is regular dialogue with individual 
institutional shareholders and there are presentations to analysts after the 
Company’s announcement of the year-end and half-year results. At each 
Board meeting, the Board receives an update on presentations to investors 
and any communication from shareholders to ensure that directors, both 
executive and non-executive, have an understanding of their views. 

 
 
54 

Governance   |   Corporate governance statement 

The Board uses the annual general meeting to communicate with private and 
institutional investors and welcomes their participation. The resolutions to be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 28 February 2008 can be found  
in the Notice of meeting on pages 122 and 123. 

Quality and integrity of personnel 
The integrity and competence of personnel is ensured through high 
recruitment standards and subsequent training courses. High quality personnel 
are seen as an essential part of the control environment. 

Internal control and risk management 
The Board is responsible for the operation and effectiveness of the Group’s 
system of internal controls and risk management. There is an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the 
Group. This process has been in place for the year under review and up to  
the date of approval of this report. It is regularly reviewed by the Board and 
complies fully with the Turnbull guidance. The internal control systems are 
designed to meet the Group’s particular needs and the risks to which it is 
exposed and by their nature can only provide reasonable but not absolute 
assurance against misstatement or loss. The effectiveness of this process has 
been reviewed by the Audit Committee, which reports its findings to the Board.  

Management structure 
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group. Each executive director has 
been given responsibility for specific aspects of the Group’s affairs. A clearly 
defined organisation structure exists within which individual responsibilities are 
identified and can be monitored. The management of the Group as a whole is 
delegated to the Chief Executive and the executive directors. The conduct of 
Sage’s individual businesses is delegated to the local executive management 
teams. These teams are accountable for the conduct and performance of their 
businesses within the agreed business strategy. They have full authority to act 
subject to the reserved powers and sanctioning limits laid down by the Board 
and to Group policies and guidelines. 

The processes used by the Audit Committee to review the effectiveness of the 
system of internal control include discussions with management on significant 
risk areas identified and the review of plans for, and results from, internal and 
external audits.  

The Audit Committee reports the results of its review of the risk assessment 
process to the Board. The Board then draws its collective conclusion as to the 
effectiveness of the system of internal control. The key procedures, which the 
directors have established with a view to providing effective internal control, are 
as follows: 

Indication of business risks 
The processes to identify and manage the key risks to the success of the 
Group are an integral part of the internal control environment. Such processes, 
which are reviewed and improved as necessary, include strategic planning,  
the appointment of senior managers, the regular monitoring of performance 
and control over capital expenditure and acquisitions. The Company has 
formed a Risk Committee consisting of the Chief Executive, Group Finance 
Director, the Group Risk Officer, the Secretary and other members of the 
Executive Committee.  

The Committee reviews all business activities and strategic plans to identify  
the nature and extent of the significant risks facing the Group including those 
risks arising from social, environmental and ethical issues and undertakes risk 
review audits. In identifying significant risks to which the Group is exposed, it 
reviews the results of any relevant internal audit reviews and agrees mitigating 
actions, when possible. The Risk Committee reports to the Audit Committee. 
Through the work of the Audit and Risk Committees, the Board is provided 
with a balanced assessment of the significant risks associated with the 
Group’s operations and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls.  

A “whistleblowing” telephone hotline service has been introduced in many 
operating companies in the Group (including all those in the UK and US) 
allowing employees to raise issues of concern in relation to dishonesty or 
malpractice on an entirely confidential basis. The Audit Committee receives 
regular reports on any matters raised through this service and monitors its  
use throughout the Group. Similar arrangements are being considered for 
Group companies in other jurisdictions subject to compliance with local  
legal requirements. 

Internal audit 
The Group utilises internal audit resource supplied by KPMG to review 
compliance with procedures and assess the integrity of the control 
environment. Internal audit acts as a service to the businesses by assisting 
with the continuous improvement of controls and procedures. Actions are 
agreed in response to its recommendations and these are followed up by  
the Audit Committee to ensure that satisfactory control is maintained. 

Budgetary process 
A comprehensive budgeting system is in place, with annual budgets for all 
operating subsidiaries being approved by respective subsidiary boards. 
Subsequently the combined budget is subject to consideration and approval 
by the Board. Management information systems provide the directors with 
relevant and timely information required to monitor financial performance. 

Investment appraisal (including acquisitions) 
Budgetary approval and defined authorisation levels regulate capital 
expenditure. As part of the budgetary process the Board considers proposals 
for research and development programmes. Acquisition activity is subject to 
internal guidelines governing investment appraisal criteria, financial targets, 
negotiation, execution and post-acquisition management. 

Statement by the directors on compliance with the provisions of the 
Combined Code 
Other than as referred to at page 51 above, the Company has been in full 
compliance with the provisions set out in section 1 of the Combined Code 
throughout the year. 

Going concern 
The following statement has been included in accordance with the Listing 
Rules: Based on normal business planning and control procedures, the 
directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, the directors continue to adopt the  
going concern basis in preparing the accounts. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55

Statement of directors’ responsibilities 
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report, the 
Remuneration report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.  

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for  
each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union. In preparing the 
Group financial statements, the directors have also elected to comply with 
IFRSs, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).  
The parent Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with UK GAAP. The financial statements are required by law to give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of the profit 
or loss of the Group for that period.  

In preparing those financial statements the directors are required to: 

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  State that the Group financial statements comply with IFRSs as adopted  

by the European Union and IFRSs issued by IASB; 

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis, unless it  
is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business,  
in which case there should be supporting assumptions or qualifications  
as necessary. 

The directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements  
in preparing the financial statements.  

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the directors’ remuneration report comply with the Companies 
Act 1985 and, as regards the Group financial statements, article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

Each of the persons who is a director at the time of this report confirms that: 

•  So far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of 

which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

•  The director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken  
as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of  
that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 234ZA of the Companies Act 1985. 

By Order of the Board 

M J Robinson 
Secretary  
18 January 2008 

 
 
56 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

Remuneration report 

This report sets out the remuneration policy and remuneration details of the 
executive and non-executive directors of the Company. Remuneration policy 
for the executive directors and the Chairman of the Board of the Company is 
determined by the Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors (the 
“Remuneration Committee”) and approved by the Board. Remuneration policy 
for the non-executive directors is determined by the Board excluding the  
non-executive directors. The report has been prepared in accordance with  
the Companies Act 1985 and also meets the requirements of the Listing Rules 
of the UK Listing Authority. 

1 The Remuneration Committee 

1.1 Composition of the Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee consists of non-executive directors considered 
by the Board to be independent and the Chairman of the Board (who was 
independent on appointment to the Board). It works within detailed terms of 
reference, copies of which are available on request from the Secretary and  
on the Company’s website at www.sage.com. Its role includes the making  
of recommendations to the Board on policy for remuneration of executive 
directors and the Chairman (who does not participate in discussions relating  
to his own remuneration), defining the remuneration packages of executive 
directors and the Chairman together with any compensation payments to 
them and approving the Remuneration report. The Committee also considers 
the remuneration policy of the Company for senior executives of the Group 
other than members of the Board and seeks to maintain consistency in the 
approach to remuneration policy. The current members of the Remuneration 
Committee are Mr T C W Ingram (Chairman), Mr A J Hobson, Ms T Ingram, 
Ms R Markland, Mr I Mason and Mr M E Rolfe. 

All the members of the Committee have been members of the Committee 
throughout the year other than Mr I Mason who joined the Committee  
on 1 November 2007 and Mr M E Rolfe who joined the Committee on  
1 December 2007. Mr D H Clayton retired from the Committee on retiring  
as a non-executive director on 25 July 2007. 

1.2 Advisers to the Remuneration Committee 
In order to be aware of market trends in remuneration and current best 
practice, the Remuneration Committee considers market data for comparable 
businesses. In addition, the Remuneration Committee has received advice 
from Deloitte, New Bridge Street Consultants LLP (“NBSC”) and Watson Wyatt 
Limited, all independent firms of remuneration consultants appointed after 
consultation with the Board. The terms of engagement of Deloitte, NBSC and 
Watson Wyatt are available on request from the Secretary. Deloitte, NBSC and 
Watson Wyatt are entirely independent of the Board and provide no services to 
the Group other than advice on executive remuneration to the Remuneration 
Committee. The only other service provided by Deloitte is advice to the 
Group’s North American business on a software implementation programme. 
Ms K Geary (Director of Human Resources and Corporate Communications) 
and Mr M J Robinson (Secretary) have provided advice or services to the 
Remuneration Committee that materially assisted it in its consideration of 
matters relating to directors’ remuneration for the financial year and the Chief 
Executive, Ms K Geary and Mr M J Robinson have, following the invitation  
of the Committee, attended certain of its meetings. However, they were  
not present at any meeting when any matter relating directly to their own 
remuneration was discussed, nor did they advise in any way in relation to  
their own remuneration. 

2 Remuneration policy 

2.1 General remuneration policy 
The Remuneration Committee, in setting remuneration policy, recognises  
the need to be competitive in an international market. The Committee’s policy  
is to set remuneration levels which ensure that the executive directors are  
fairly and responsibly rewarded in return for high levels of performance. 
Remuneration policy is designed to support key business strategies and  
to create a strong, performance-orientated environment. At the same time,  
the policy must attract, motivate and retain talent. Accordingly, executive 
directors receive base salaries comparable with companies of a similar size 
and international scope and have the opportunity to earn enhanced total 
remuneration for meeting the performance targets set by the Committee.  
In setting remuneration levels for the executive directors, the Committee  
takes account of the remuneration policy and practice applicable to other 
Group employees. 

The components of remuneration for executive directors comprise base  
salary (a fixed sum payable monthly which is reviewed annually in September), 
benefits (including car allowance and non-contributory health insurance),  
an annual bonus (with a deferred element in certain cases), long-term 
incentives (comprising share options and awards under a performance  
share plan) and pension contributions. 

The Remuneration Committee considers that a successful remuneration policy 
must ensure that a significant part of the remuneration package is linked to the 
achievement of stretching corporate performance targets. Performance-related 
elements for the year ended 30 September 2007 comprise share options, 
awards under a performance share plan and annual bonus. The policy 
adopted by the Committee ensures that a significant proportion of the 
remuneration of executives is aligned with corporate performance, generating 
a strong alignment of interest with shareholders. As a result, significantly  
over half of the executive directors’ potential remuneration package is 
performance-related.  

2.2 Policy on salary of executive directors 
It is the policy of the Committee to pay base salaries to the executive directors 
at broadly market rates compared with those of executives of companies of a 
similar size and international scope (in particular those within the FTSE 50-150 
with more than 50% of revenue derived from overseas), whilst also taking into 
account the executives’ personal performance and the performance of the 
Group. In the year ending 30 September 2008 salaries of executive directors 
have been increased by 5% from those disclosed in this report. 

2.3 Policy on fees of non-executive directors 
The fees of the non-executive directors are reviewed every two years.  
The current fees are in place for the two financial years ending on  
30 September 2008. The basic fee for directors is £40,000. An additional  
fee of £5,000 and £7,000 is paid for membership of the Remuneration and 
Audit Committees respectively. Therefore, a director sitting on both those 
Committees will receive fees of £52,000. Further payments are made to the 
chair of each of these Committees, being £6,000 and £8,000 for chairing  
the Remuneration and Audit Committees respectively. A further payment  
of £4,000 is made each year to the Senior Independent Director.  

In relation to the Chairman, it is the policy of the Board for remuneration to be 
comparable to that of the median fees for non-executive chairs of companies 
of a comparable size and complexity.  

 
 
57

Non-executive directors are not entitled to participate in long-term incentive 
plans or pension schemes. 

2.4 Policy on bonus 
The bonus in the case of executive directors (and indeed all employees) is 
designed to reward outstanding performance. 

The Remuneration Committee has recently made certain revisions to its policy 
on bonuses from that previously reported, after taking into account market 
practice amongst comparator companies, the overall remuneration structure 
for the executive directors and the Remuneration Committee’s desire to 
reward outstanding performance. In making this review, the Committee also 
took advice from Deloitte. The changes arising from this review in relation to 
bonus have been to introduce an element of individual strategic objectives into 
the calculation of bonus, to remove the cash multiplier element to bonus and 
to amend the requirement to defer bonus into shares so that it applies only to 
those directors who have not yet met the shareholding policy of the Board. 

Bonus is linked to demanding strategic targets for the Group and for the 
individual operating companies, the meeting or out-performance of which  
is a significant achievement. Bonus payable to executive directors for on-target 
performance is 75% of salary with maximum bonus potential of 125% of 
salary. In relation to executive directors with no specific divisional responsibility, 
budgeted Group EPS is the basis for determining 75% of the calculation of 
bonus whilst the remaining 25% is based on stretching individual strategic 
objectives. In the case of regional CEOs, 50% of bonus is based on the 
achievement of the budget for EBITA of the relevant operating division,  
25% on the budgeted Group EPS with the remaining 25% based on the 
achievement of stretching individual strategic objectives approved by the 
Committee. For those targets that are financial in nature, a bonus of 11%  
of the maximum available under the relevant element is payable if 95% of 
budget is achieved, 53% of the maximum available if budget is achieved and 
full payout is made if 110% of budget is achieved. Between these points 
bonus is payable on a straight-line basis. The maximum payable in respect  
of achievement of individual strategic objectives is 18.75% of salary (within  
the overall bonus limit of 125% of salary). After the review, the Committee 
determined that the cash multiplier previously applied to the calculation of 
bonus was no longer an appropriate incentive and, therefore, this is no  
longer applied. 

The individual strategic objectives are approved by the Remuneration 
Committee and are tailored to the individual’s area of responsibility. At the end 
of each year the Remuneration Committee will assess the degree to which 
these have been met. 

In addition, in respect of any bonus awarded in excess of 75% of salary,  
25% of that excess is to be satisfied in deferred shares and 75% in cash if the 
director has not yet achieved the target of a holding of shares equivalent of 
150% of their annual salary referred to below. If this shareholding target has 
been achieved the bonus will be paid entirely in cash. These shares awarded  
in respect of bonus, (which will be market purchased ordinary shares in the 
capital of the Company) will only be released after three years to the relevant 
executive and will be generally at risk of forfeiture if the executive leaves within 
the deferral period. Awards over deferred shares were made to executive 
directors as set out in the Directors’ remuneration table in paragraph 5 below. 

Wherever used in this Remuneration report, EPS refers to earnings per share 
before amortisation or impairment of intangible assets, exceptional items, 
amounts written off investments and is on a foreign currency neutral basis. 
This measure has been selected since the timing of acquisitions can be 
unpredictable, with the result that the amortisation charge in respect of 
intangible assets is inherently difficult to budget. The neutralised foreign 
currency basis has been selected as the Board considers this to be  
consistent with the presentation and assessment of results by shareholders. 

2.5 Policy on long-term incentives  
Executive share options 
Under the 1999 Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”), market value 
option grants are made to senior executives and managers across the  
Group, as well as to other staff with high potential or to recognise significant 
achievement or local market practice. The annual grant is normally made  
after the preliminary declaration of the annual results. Under the rules of the 
ESOS, the annual grant of options to an individual is limited to shares worth  
up to 300% of base salary. In practice, annual grants to executive directors  
are limited to shares under option worth 100% of base salary except in 
exceptional circumstances, such as a promotion or recruitment or to reflect 
local market practice.  

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on 
stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three year period from the start 
of the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will vest at the 
end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds RPI by 15% (an average of 
5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that time only if RPI is 
exceeded in that period by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those 
targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis. If those targets are not  
met at the end of the three year period, then no further retesting of the 
performance criteria will be undertaken and the options will lapse. 

Having considered the EPS growth target in the course of the year, the 
Remuneration Committee believes that it is appropriately demanding for the 
Group at this time and will keep the target under review to ensure that it 
continues to be stretching. The Remuneration Committee considers that EPS 
growth is an appropriate performance measure as it requires executives to 
produce sustained improvement in the underlying performance of the Group. 

 
 
58 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

Performance Share Plan 
Under the Performance Share Plan (the “Plan”), annual grants of performance 
shares will normally be made to executive directors and senior executives 
across the Group after the preliminary declaration of the annual results.  
This Plan is operated in conjunction with the ESOS.  

Annual awards under the Plan are limited to shares worth up to 150% of  
base salary. In 2008, it is proposed that grants of this level are made to  
the executive directors (previously 100%). The Remuneration Committee 
considers that this grant level is market competitive, taking account of the 
challenging performance criteria and the market in which the Company is 
operating and recognising the increased competition for senior executives. 

The performance shares are subject only to a performance condition 
measuring the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against a comparator 
group of international software and computer services companies. TSR has 
been chosen as a performance condition to apply to the awards because  
it helps to align the interests of award holders with shareholders and 
complements the focus on Group financial results that arises from using  
EPS under the ESOS and annual bonus plan. The comparator group  
for awards made in the year to 30 September 2008 will comprise the  
following companies:  

• Adobe Systems 
• ARM Holdings 
• Autonomy  
• Blackbaud  
• Cap Gemini 
• Cegid 
• Dassault Systemes  
• Exact  
• Intuit 
• Lawson Software 

• LogicaCMG 
• Micro Focus International 
• Microsoft  
• Misys 
• MYOB 
• Oracle 
• Salesforce.com 
• SAP 
• Software AG 

This comparator group is similar to those previously used in connection with 
awards, with the deletion of those companies which have ceased to be listed 
and their replacement with suitable alternatives. 

The Committee will keep under review the comparator group to ensure that it 
remains appropriate. 

Recognising the higher awards to be made in 2008, the Committee has 
reduced the proportion of awards vesting for median TSR performance to 
25% of awards (previously 30%), whilst all those shares vest for upper quintile 
(top 20%) TSR performance. Between those two points, shares will vest  
on a straight-line basis. TSR will be measured over a single three year period 
from the start of the financial year in which the grant is made to establish 
whether the criteria have been met and if these criteria are not met on the  
third anniversary of grant, the rights to the performance shares will lapse.  
If financial performance in any year was disappointing, then the Committee 
would consider making no award under the Plan in the following year. 

For comparator companies listed overseas the TSR is calculated in local 
currency since this is considered to give a better reflection of the underlying 
performance of the comparator companies over the performance period.  
The Committee will continue to review whether this treatment is appropriate. 

Grant policy under long-term incentive plans 
The Committee believes that granting both options and performance  
shares provides a well balanced long-term incentive package. As noted  
above, for 2008 awards under the Plan will be 150% of salary, with option 
awards remaining at 100% of salary. Both awards are subject to challenging 
performance targets. The Remuneration Committee believes that this is a 
competitive grant policy for a company of Sage’s size and complexity and, 
taking account of other elements of the package, provides a broadly market 
median total remuneration. If, for example, local legislation makes it less tax 
efficient to grant performance shares to any executive, an enhanced option 
grant may be made above 100% of salary in value to ensure equality of 
treatment to these executives, with a corresponding reduction in the value  
of the performance share award. 

All-employee share schemes 
UK based executive directors are entitled to participate in The Sage Group 
Savings-Related Share Option Plan (the “SAYE Scheme”). Mr G S Berruyer 
currently holds units granted under the Sage Plan d’Epargne d’Entreprise 
(“PEE”), which is an all-employee plan designed to enable French employees 
to acquire shares in the Company at a discounted price under terms 
comparable to those offered to UK employees under the SAYE Scheme.  
There are no performance conditions under either the SAYE Scheme or  
the PEE since these generally do not apply to all-employee share plans  
such as these. 

 
 
 
59

Executive directors are permitted, where appropriate and with Board  
approval, to take non-executive directorships with other organisations in  
order to broaden their knowledge and experience in other markets and 
countries. Mr P A Walker is currently a non-executive director of Diageo plc.  
Mr P L Stobart is a non-executive director of Capital & Regional plc and  
was until 1 December 2006 a non-executive director of Planit Holdings plc.  
Mr P S Harrison is a non-executive director of Hays plc having been  
appointed in May 2007. Fees received in their capacity as directors of  
these companies are retained by each of them reflecting the personal 
responsibility they undertake in these roles. In the year under review,  
these fees were £67,500 in the case of Mr P A Walker, £31,500 in the  
case of Mr P L Stobart and £16,631 in the case of Mr P S Harrison. 

The Board recognises the significant demands that are made on executive  
and non-executive directors and has therefore adopted a policy that no 
executive director should hold more than two directorships of other listed 
companies. The Board encourages executive directors to limit other 
directorships to one listed company and in no case should more than one 
directorship of another FTSE 100 company be taken. Where an executive 
director holds non-executive positions at more than one listed company only 
the fees from one such company will be retained by the director. No formal 
limit on other board appointments applies to non-executive directors under  
the policy but prior approval from the Chairman on behalf of the Board is 
required in the case of any new appointment. In the case of the Chairman  
prior approval of the Senior Independent Director is required on behalf of  
the Board. 

The service contracts of executive directors and the letters of appointment  
of non-executive directors prohibit the disclosure of confidential information 
relating to the Group both during the term of the contract and after its 
termination. The letters of appointment of non-executive directors and service 
contracts of executive directors are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal business hours and will be available at the 
Annual General Meeting. 

2.6 Policy on pensions 
All the executive directors’ pension arrangements are of the defined 
contribution type. The Sage Executive Pension Scheme is the main pension 
fund for Sage executives in the UK. It is a defined contribution plan where, 
from 1 October 2007, the standard contribution rate is 25% of base salary 
(previously 15%) subject, where appropriate, to limits set by HMRC.  
The increase to the pension contribution followed the review undertaken with 
the assistance of Deloitte which showed that the previous contribution rate  
of 15% was significantly less than that provided by comparable companies, 
which negatively impacted the competitiveness of the total remuneration 
package. Despite the higher pension contributions, the value of the total 
remuneration packages of the executive directors remain no higher than 
market levels. The components of remuneration other than base salary  
are not pensionable. 

2.7 Policy on directors’ shareholdings 
The Committee believes that all executive directors should hold a substantial 
number of shares in the Company. It is, therefore, its policy that all executive 
directors over time hold shares equivalent in value to 150% of their annual 
salary. Until the required holding is achieved, executive directors will be 
expected to retain (net of any shares sold to meet the tax liability in respect  
of them) at least 50% of: 

•  Shares received as deferred bonus; 
•  Shares resulting (net of exercise costs) from the exercise of share options 

granted from December 2004 onwards; and 
•  Performance shares received under the Plan. 

In assessing whether the target of 150% of salary is met, vested but 
unexercised options under the share option schemes of the Company will  
be deemed to have a value equal to the net value after exercise costs and 
taxation of those options as if exercised on the relevant date. 

2.8 Policy on service contracts 
In relation to contracts with executive directors, the Remuneration Committee 
aims to set notice or contract periods at one year. If it is necessary to offer 
longer notice or contract periods to new directors recruited from outside the 
Group, it is the Company’s policy to reduce these as soon as contractually 
possible after the initial period to a notice period of one year.  

Both executive and non-executive directors are subject to election by 
shareholders at the first annual general meeting following their appointment 
and thereafter require re-election at least once every three years.  
The appointment of a non-executive director may be terminated without 
compensation if that director is not re-elected by shareholders or otherwise  
in accordance with the Company’s articles of association. The appointment  
of the non-executives is for a fixed term of two or three years, during which 
period the appointment may be terminated by the Board on notice, ranging 
from six to 12 months (in the case of the Chairman of the Board). There are  
no provisions on payment for early termination in their letters of appointment.  

 
 
60 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

3 Directors’ contracts and compensation 
All executive directors have service contracts, which may be terminated by the Company for breach by the executive or by giving 12 months’ notice. There are no 
pre-determined special provisions for directors with regard to compensation in the event of loss of office, with compensation based on what would be earned by 
way of salary, pension entitlement and other benefits over the notice period. In the event that a contract is to be terminated, payments to the executive director 
may be staged over the notice period, or in the case of executive directors other than Mr G S Berruyer, the contract terminated and payments made in lieu  
of notice at the same time as salary would have been paid throughout the 12 months’ notice period. There is no automatic entitlement to annual bonus or 
outstanding awards under share incentive plans. Non-executive directors’ appointments may be terminated without compensation other than in respect of  
fees during the notice period. Sir Julian Horn-Smith ceased to be a member of the Board and was paid an amount equal to 12 months fees in lieu of notice of  
12 months under the letter of appointment. Details of the contract of service or contract for services of each person who has served as a director of the Company 
at any time during the financial year are set out below: 

Director  

Executive directors 

G S Berruyer 

P S Harrison 

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

P A Walker  

Non-executive directors 

A J Hobson  

T Ingram 

T C W Ingram 

R Markland 

Date of contract  

30 September 2004 

1 April 2000 

26 September 2003 

8 July 2003 

26 September 2003 

24 May 2007 

21 December 2004 

24 March 2006 

15 August 2006 

Unexpired term 
of contract on 
30 September 2007

Notice period under contract 

12 months

12 months from the Company and/or 6 months from individual

Age 60 or 12 months

Age 60 or 12 months

12 months from the Company and/or individual

12 months from the Company and/or individual

12 months

12 months from the Company and/or individual

Age 60 or 12 months

12 months from the Company and/or individual

2 years 8 months

12 months from the Company and/or individual 

3 months

6 months

6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual

6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual

2 years

6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual

The following directors ceased to be directors during the course of the financial year 

D H Clayton 

6 September 2004 

J M Horn-Smith 

27 January 2006 

Nil (terminated by mutual agreement 
on 25 July 2007)

Nil (terminated by mutual agreement 
on 26 April 2007)

6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual

12 months from the Company and/or individual

Notes: 
(cid:129) There are no other benefits in the contracts relevant to termination payment. 
(cid:129) D H Clayton ceased to be a non-executive director on 25 July 2007. He rejoined the Board as an executive director on 1 October 2007. His current service contract is subject to notice 

of 12 months from either the Company or from him. 
(cid:129) R Verni ceased to be a director on 11 October 2007. 
(cid:129) J M Horn-Smith ceased to be a director on 26 April 2007. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
61

4 Performance graph 

Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) against FTSE 100 
The graph shows, for the last five financial years of the Company, the TSR on a holding of shares in the Company as against the TSR of the FTSE 100 Index. 

This graph shows the value, by 30 September 2007 of £100 invested in The Sage Group plc on 30 September 2002 compared with the value of £100  
invested in the FTSE 100 Index. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year-ends. 

The FTSE 100 Index is, in the opinion of the directors, the most appropriate index against which the TSR of the Company should be measured because  
of the comparable size of the companies which comprise that index. 

 
 
 
62 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

5 Directors’ remuneration 
The information set out in sections 5.1 to 5.4 below has been subject to audit as required by part 3 of Schedule 7A of the Companies Act 1985. 

5.1 Directors’ emoluments and compensation (audited information) 
The total salaries, fees and benefits paid to or receivable by each person who served as a director at any time during the year, appear below. These include all 
payments for services as a director of the Company, its subsidiaries or otherwise in connection with the management of the Group and any other directorship  
he or she holds because of the Company’s nomination. The other elements of directors remuneration are referred to under the heading “General remuneration 
policy” above. 

Director 

Executive directors 

G S Berruyer  

P S Harrison  

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

P A Walker  

Non-executive directors  
L C N Bury1  
D H Clayton2 
A J Hobson3 
J M Horn-Smith4  
T Ingram  

T C W Ingram  
M E W Jackson5  
R Markland6  

Salary  
and fees  
’000  

€595 

£320 

£402 

$738 

£699 

– 

£42 

£127 

£454 

£45 

£59 

– 

£52 

Bonus 
’000 

€572

£314

£356

$195

£685

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Bonus  
deferred into  
shares9 
’000  

Benefits  
in kind7 
’000  

2007 
Total 
’000

2006  
Total 
 ’000 

2007  
Pension  
contributions8 
’000  

2006 
Pension 
contributions 
’000

€42

£25

£18

–

£54

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

€7

£17

£17

–

£21

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

€1,216

€1,158  

£676

£793

$933

£1,459

–

£42

£127

£454

£45

£59

–

£52

£653  

£720  

$1,437  

£1,409  

£26  

£42  

£48  

£59  

£37  

£46  

£139  

£2  

–

£48

£60

$6

£105

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£45 

£57 

$6 

£98 

–

–

–

–

–

–

£21 

–

Notes: 
1 Retired 2 March 2006. 
2 Retired 25 July 2007. 
3 Appointed as Chairman 24 May 2007. 
4 Appointed 3 March 2006 and ceased to be a member of the Board on 26 April 2007. Therefore, the figure above represents the fees paid to him whilst a director (£204,000) and the 

payment in lieu of notice due to him (£250,000). 

5 Retired 1 August 2006. 
6 Appointed 13 September 2006.  
7 Benefits in kind include the provision of car allowance and insurance. 
8 Retirement benefits were accruing to four directors (2006: five). All pension contributions accrued under money purchase schemes. 
9 An element of bonus has been deferred by the Company as an award under the Sage Group Deferred Bonus Plan. Awards under that plan, which were made on 10 January 2008  
over such number of shares whose market value is as close as possible to, but no greater than, the deferred bonus, will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event 
that a director ceases to be an employee of the Group for reasons other than death, retirement, redundancy, injury, ill health or disability before the third anniversary of the date of grant, 
then the award will lapse unless the Remuneration Committee recommends otherwise. The directors have no entitlement to the bonus deferred into an award of shares until it vests.  
Full details of the award will be contained in the report for the year ended 30 September 2008. 

• In the year under review significant achievements were made against strategic budgets which are reflected in the bonus paid. Group EPS increased by 13%.  
• Apart from the payment in lieu of notice to J M Horn-Smith referred to in note 4 above no payments for compensation for loss of office or otherwise relating to termination of office or 

employment were made during the year. 

• Total directors’ emoluments were £5,001,000 (2006: £4,771,000). 
• No other payments (including non-cash benefits) were made to third parties in respect of the services of a person who served as a director of the Company at any time during the 

financial year. 

• Including gains on share options, the total emoluments of the highest paid director were £1,459,000 (2006: £4,688,000). 
• In the table above exchange rates of $1.98/£1 and €1.48/£1 have been adopted. 

5.2 Directors’ share options (audited information) 
There are limits on the number of newly issued shares that can be used to satisfy awards under the Group’s share schemes in any ten year period. The limits and 
the Group’s current position against those limits as at 18 January 2008 (the last practicable date prior to printing this document), are set out below: 

Limit  

7.5% of Group’s share capital can be used for discretionary share schemes 

10% of Group’s share capital can be used for all share schemes 

Current position

5.9% used

6.4% used

Whilst there is still sufficient scope within the above limits to satisfy options through new issue shares for the foreseeable future, the Company currently intends to 
satisfy awards under the Performance Share Plan through the market purchase of shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
63

Executive share options 
The Group’s only current executive share option scheme is the ESOS where, in the year under review, executive directors received grants worth 100% of their 
base salary at the then relevant exchange rates (where applicable). The outstanding executive share options granted to each director of the Company under the 
executive share option schemes, including the ESOS, are as follows: 

Director 

G S Berruyer  

P S Harrison  

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

Exercise 
price per 
share 

81.10p  

136.00p  

329.75p  

134.00p  

171.00p  

198.00p  

258.50p  

270.00p 

136.00p  

721.00p  

329.75p  

134.00p  

171.00p  

198.00p 

258.50p  

270.00p 

81.10p  

136.00p  

329.75p  

134.00p  

171.00p  

198.00p  

258.50p 

270.00p 

204.50p  

329.75p  

228.50p  

134.00p  

171.00p  

198.00p  

258.50p  

270.00p 

Shares under 
option at 
1 October 
2006 
number 

250,000  

350,000  

121,304  

223,880  

175,438  

189,082  

147,748  

– 

1,457,452 

60,000  

30,000  

65,595  

186,567  

128,654  

133,838  

116,054  

– 

720,708 

400,000  

210,000  

121,304  

223,880  

175,438  

181,818  

146,228  

– 

1,458,668 

150,000  

121,304  

89,031 

298,507  

182,158  

178,062  

151,975  

– 

1,171,037 

Granted
during
the year
number

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

147,639

147,639

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

118,519

118,519

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

148,889

148,889

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

140,846

140,846

Exercised
during 
the year
number

(250,000)

–

–

(223,880)

–

–

–

–

(473,880)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(400,000)

(210,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(610,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Lapsed 
during
the year
number

Shares under
option at
30 September
2007
number

Date exercisable

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 17 December 2000 – 17 December 2007

350,000 16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008

121,304

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011

– 31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012

175,438 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013

189,082

147,748

147,639

1,131,211

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

60,000 16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008

30,000

65,595

23 February 2003 – 23 February 2010

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011

186,567 31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012

128,654 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013

133,838

116,054

118,519

839,227

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

– 17 December 2000 – 17 December 2007

– 16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008

121,304

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011

223,880 31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012

175,438 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013

181,818

146,228

148,889

997,557

150,000

121,304

89,031

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

7 June 2002 – 7 June 2009

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011

 2 January 2005 – 2 January 2012

298,507 31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012

182,158 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013

178,062

151,975

140,846

1,311,883

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

Executive share options (continued) 

Director 

P A Walker 

Total 

Exercise 
price per 
share 

136.00p 

329.75p 

134.00p 

171.00p 

198.00p 

258.50p 

270.00p 

Shares under 
option at 
1 October 
2006 
number 

440,000 

151,630 

313,432 

280,701 

315,656 

253,771 

– 

1,755,190 

6,563,055 

Granted
during
the year
number

Exercised
during 
the year
number

Lapsed 
during
the year
number

Shares under
option at
30 September
2007
number

Date exercisable

–

–

–

–

–

–

258,889

258,889

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

814,782

(1,083,880)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

440,000 16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008

151,630

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011

313,432 31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012

280,701 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

315,656

253,771

258,889

2,014,079

6,293,957

Notes: 
• No options were varied during the year. 
• Options granted to all directors of the Company and its operating subsidiaries throughout the Group under the ESOS that are exercisable on or after 23 February 2003 but before  

6 January 2008 will normally be exercisable only if the percentage increase in the Company’s EPS has exceeded the RPI by at least 3% each year in the three year period since grant 
i.e. by a total of 9%. If that target is not met at the end of the three year period, then those options will only be exercisable if EPS growth exceeds RPI by 12% over the four year period 
following the date of grant. In respect of options exercisable on or after 6 January 2008 the performance criteria for exercise are set out in paragraph 2.5 above. In respect of any share 
options exercisable prior to 23 February 2003 no performance conditions apply as such conditions were not deemed appropriate by the Remuneration Committee at that time. 

• For the options exercised in the year, the market price of the exercised shares at the date of exercise was as follows: 

– G S Berruyer – 4 January 2007 was 266.50p. 
– P L Stobart – 1 December 2006 was 260.50p. 

• The market price of a share of the Company at 30 September 2007 was 249.25p and the lowest and highest market price during the year was 220.50p and 277.75p respectively. 
• Total gains on the exercise of share options were £1,736,952 (2006: £3,307,183), including £1,736,952 (2006: £3,278,877) on executive share options. 
• The table above does not show exercises of options after 30 September 2007 which are referred to in the notes to the table in paragraph 5.5 below. 

All-employee share scheme 
In relation to the SAYE Scheme, the outstanding options granted to each director of the Company are as follows: 

Director  

P S Harrison 

P L Stobart 

Total  

Exercise  
price per  
share  

184.00p 

184.00p 

Shares under  
option at  
1 October  
2006 
number  

5,081  

5,081  

10,162  

Granted 
during 
the year
number 

Exercised 
during 
the year 
number 

–

–

–

–

–

–

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number 

Shares under 
option at
30 September 
2007
number 

–

–

–

5,081

5,081

10,162

Date exercisable

1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010

1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010

Notes: 
• These options are not subject to performance conditions since these do not apply to this type of all-employee share scheme. 
• Under the PEE Mr G S Berruyer holds units in a French mutual fund, which holds shares in the Company. The units must be held for no less than five years. On 30 September 2006 

13,195 units were held by Mr G S Berruyer at a price of €3.91 per share. On 30 September 2007 14,801.8 units were held at a price of €3.89 per share. Units are valued on a  
weekly basis. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.3 Performance share plan (audited information) 
The outstanding awards granted to each director of the Company under the Performance Share Plan are as follows: 

Director  

G S Berruyer  

P S Harrison  

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

P A Walker  

Total  

Awarded at  
1 October  
2006  
number  

178,903  

147,748  

– 

326,651  

128,329  

116,054  

– 

244,383  

174,334  

146,228  

– 

320,562  

166,118  

151,975  

– 

318,093  

302,663  

253,771  

– 

556,434  

1,766,123  

Awarded 
during 
the year 
number 

–

–

147,639

147,639

–

–

118,519

118,519

–

–

148,889

148,889

–

–

140,846

140,846

–

–

258,889

258,889

814,782

Vested 
during
the year 
number 

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number 

Awarded  
30 September  
2007 
number  

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

178,903 

147,748 

147,639 

474,290 

128,329 

116,054 

118,519 

362,902 

174,334 

146,228 

148,889 

469,451 

166,118 

151,975 

140,846 

458,939 

302,663 

253,771 

258,889 

815,323 

2,580,905 

65

Vesting date

18 March 2008

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

18 March 2008

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

18 March 2008

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

18 March 2008

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

18 March 2008

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

Notes: 
• No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year. 
• The market price of a share on 10 January 2007, the date of the award, was 271.50p. 
• The vesting of shares awarded under the Performance Share Plan is subject to performance conditions measuring the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against a comparator 

group. 30% of shares vest for median TSR performance as compared to that group whilst all shares vest for upper quintile (top 20%) TSR performance. Between those points, shares 
will vest on a straight-line basis. Further details are given in paragraph 2.5 above. 

• In respect of the awards vesting in 2008 and 2009 the comparator group for TSR comprised: Blackbaud, Business Objects, Cap Gemini, Cegid, Exact, Geac, Intuit, iSoft, Microsoft, 
Misys, MYOB, Northgate Information Solutions, Oracle, Salesforce.com, SAP and Systems Union. For those vesting in 2010 the group comprised: Blackbaud, Business Objects,  
Cap Gemini, Cegid, Exact, Intuit, iSoft, Lawson Software, LogicaCMG, Microsoft, Misys, MYOB, Northgate Information Solutions, Oracle, Salesforce.com and SAP. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

Governance   |   Remuneration report 

5.4 Deferred shares (audited information) 
The outstanding awards granted to directors of the Company under the Sage Group Deferred Bonus Plan are as follows. 

Director 

G S Berruyer 

P S Harrison 

P L Stobart 

R Verni 

P A Walker 

Total 

Shares at 
30 September 
2006 
number

Shares 
awarded 
during the year 
number

Shares at  
30 September  
2007
number

11,736

–

11,736

8,418

–

8,418

3,524

–

3,524

17,693

–

17,693

19,853

–

19,853

61,224

–

10,815

10,815

–

10,187

10,187

–

3,878

3,878

–

10,715

10,715

–

22,275

22,275

57,870

11,736

10,815

22,551

8,418

10,187

18,605

3,524

3,878

7,402

17,693

10,715

28,408

19,853

22,275

42,128

119,094

Vesting date

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

10 January 2009

10 January 2010

Notes: 
• Awards of shares will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event that a director ceases to be an employee of the Group for reasons other than death,  

retirement, redundancy, injury, ill health or disability before the third anniversary of the date of grant then the rights to the award will lapse, unless the Remuneration Committee 
recommend otherwise.  

• Awards are not subject to performance conditions. 
• No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year. 
• The market price of a share on 10 January 2007, the date of the award, was 271.50p. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67

5.5 Interests in shares 
The interests of each person who was a director of the Company as at 30 September 2007 (together with interests held by his or her connected persons) were: 

Director 

G S Berruyer  

D H Clayton  

P S Harrison  

A J Hobson  

T Ingram  

T C W Ingram  

R Markland  

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

P A Walker  

Total  

Ordinary 
shares at 
30 September 
2007
number 

Ordinary 
shares at 
30 September 
2006
number

223,880

31,000

8,437

24,126

10,438

26,714

5,000

23,477

25,000

–

25,000 

8,437 

20,000 

–

23,114 

–

23,477 

–

6,069,772

7,069,772 

6,447,844

7,169,800 

Notes: 
• The interests of D H Clayton are shares on his retirement as a director on 25 July 2007. He later rejoined the Board as an executive director on 1 October 2007. 
• There have been no changes in the directors’ holdings in the share capital of the Company between 30 September 2007 and 18 January 2008.  

5.6 Significant awards to past directors 
No significant awards were made to any person who was not a director at the time the award was made but who was previously a director. 

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf: 

T C W Ingram 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

18 January 2008 

 
 
68

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Financial statements

70 Financial statements – Group
73 Notes to the accounts – Group
113 Independent auditors’ report – Group
114 Financial statements – Company
115 Notes to the accounts – Company
120 Independent auditors’ report – Company

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

69

About Sage
2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

06 Business review
08 Group strategy

and performance

12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

42 Governance
44 Board of Directors
and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance

statement

56 Remuneration report

68 Financial statements
70 Financial statements

– Group

73 Notes to the accounts

– Group

113 Independent auditors’ report

– Group

114 Financial statements

– Company

115 Notes to the accounts

– Company

120 Independent auditors’ report

– Company

121 Additional information
122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

70 

Financial statements   |   Group 

Consolidated income statement 
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

Continuing operations  

Revenue  

Cost of sales  

Gross profit  

Selling and administrative expenses  

Operating profit  

Finance income  

Finance expenses  

Net finance expenses  

Profit before taxation  

Taxation  

Profit for the year  

Attributable to:  

Equity shareholders  

Minority interest  

Profit for the year  

EBITA*  

Earnings per share (pence)  

– Basic  

– Diluted  

2007
£m 

2006
£m

Note  

1  

1,3  

2  

2  

2  

4  

23  

1,157.6

(103.7)

1,053.9

(798.7)

255.2

3.6

(35.5)

(31.9)

223.3

(69.2)

154.1

22,23  

23,24  

23  

154.1

–

154.1

935.6 

(80.4) 

855.2 

(619.4) 

235.8 

3.5 

(18.1) 

(14.6) 

221.2 

(68.6) 

152.6 

152.5 

0.1 

152.6 

1  

6  

6  

283.2

249.3 

11.85p

11.79p

11.81p 

11.73p 

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense 
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

Profit for the year 

Net exchange adjustments offset in reserves 

Equity movement of deferred tax 

Actuarial loss on employment benefits 

Net losses not recognised in income statement 

Total recognised income for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity shareholders 

Minority interest 

Total recognised income for the year  

* EBITA measure (Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation) excludes the effects of: 
• Amortisation of acquired intangible assets; and 
• Amortisation (or capitalisation) of software development expenditure. 

Note  

23 

23 

23 

23 

2007
 £m 

154.1

(51.6)

(3.3)

(1.2)

(56.1)

2006 
£m 

152.6

(30.8)

(1.2)

–

(32.0)

98.0

120.6

98.0

–

98.0

120.5

0.1

120.6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements   |   Group  

Consolidated balance sheet 
As at 30 September 2007 

Non-current assets  

Goodwill  

Other intangible assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Deferred tax assets  

Current assets  

Inventories  

Trade and other receivables  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Total assets  

Current liabilities  

Trade and other payables  

Current tax liabilities  

Financial liabilities  

– Borrowings  

Deferred consideration  

Deferred income  

Non-current liabilities  

Financial liabilities  

– Borrowings  

Retirement benefit obligations  

Deferred tax liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Net assets  

Equity  

Share capital  

Share premium account  

Other reserves  

Retained earnings  

Total parent shareholders’ equity  

Minority interest in equity  

Total equity 

71

Note 

2007
£m

2006
£m

7  

8  

9  

17  

10  

11  

12  

13  

14  

15  

15  

28  

17  

18  

20  

21  

22  

23  

24  

23  

1,572.1

1,561.9 

195.5

130.5

8.3

185.6 

133.8 

26.3 

1,906.4

1,907.6 

5.5

230.3

65.6

301.4

5.6 

215.7 

82.0 

303.3 

2,207.8

2,210.9 

(210.2)

(56.3)

(0.3)

(8.5)

(300.2)

(575.5)

(562.0)

(5.3)

(14.2)

(581.5)

(190.3) 

(63.5) 

(1.0) 

(21.5) 

(282.1) 

(558.4) 

(662.8) 

(2.1) 

(10.0) 

(674.9) 

(1,157.0)

1,050.8

(1,233.3) 

977.6 

13.0

478.2

(7.9)

567.5

1,050.8

–

1,050.8

12.9 

462.8 

43.7 

458.1 

977.5 

0.1 

977.6 

The consolidated financial statements on pages 70 to 112 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 January 2008 and are signed on their behalf by: 

A J Hobson  
Chairman  

P A Walker 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 

Financial statements   |   Group 

Consolidated cash flow statement 
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

Cash flows from operating activities  

Cash generated from continuing operations  

Interest received  

Interest paid  

Tax paid  

Net cash generated from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)  

Disposal of subsidiaries  

Purchase of intangible assets  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment  

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  

Development expenditure  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities  

Net proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital  

Purchase of treasury shares  

Finance lease principal payments  

Issue costs on loans  

Repayment of borrowings  

New borrowings  

Dividends paid to shareholders  

Net cash (used)/generated in financing activities  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (before exchange rate changes)  

Effects of exchange rate changes  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 October  

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September  

Note 

25  

2  

2 

26(i)  

26(k)  

8  

9  

22  

25  

25  

25  

25  

5  

25 

12  

2007
£m

317.1

3.6

(34.4)

(66.1)

220.2

(96.2)

0.9

(15.9)

(22.1)

0.2

–

2006
£m

267.1 

3.5 

(17.5) 

(60.3) 

192.8 

(617.5) 

7.8 

(3.2) 

(23.8) 

2.9 

(0.1) 

(133.1)

(633.9) 

15.0

–

(0.2)

(0.2)

(189.0)

122.2

(49.0)

(101.2)

(14.1)

(2.3)

(16.4)

82.0

65.6

11.7 

(13.3) 

(0.3) 

(2.2) 

(631.7) 

1,131.1 

(39.1) 

456.2 

15.1 

(2.2) 

12.9 

69.1 

82.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

Notes to the accounts – Group  
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

Group accounting policies  
General information 
The Sage Group plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the 
Group”) is one of the leading global suppliers of business management 
software and services to small and medium-sized enterprises. Operating  
in 20 countries worldwide in the UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe, North 
America, Southern Hemisphere and Asia. 

The Company is a limited liability Company incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The address of its registered office is North Park, Newcastle upon 
Tyne, NE13 9AA. 

The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange. 

The Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by 
the Board of directors on 18 January 2008. 

a Basis of preparation 
As an EU listed company, The Sage Group plc is required to prepare its 
Group accounts using International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), 
as adopted by the European Union, with effect from 1 October 2005.  

The accounts are also prepared in accordance with IFRIC interpretations as 
endorsed by the EU and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 that 
are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost convention as 
modified by the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair 
value through profit or loss.  

The principal IFRS accounting policies of the Group are set out below: 

b Basis of consolidation 
The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements  
of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) 
prepared at the Balance sheet date. Control is achieved where the 
Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies  
of an entity so as to benefit from its activities. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the 
Consolidated income statement, Consolidated statement of recognised 
income and expense and Consolidated cash flow statement from the date  
of acquisition. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. 

73

c Business combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. 
The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values,  
at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed  
and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the 
acquiree, plus any costs directly attributable to the business combination. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that 
meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair 
values at the acquisition date. 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially 
measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination 
over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the 
Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business 
combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

The interest of minority shareholders in the acquiree is initially measured  
at the minority’s proportion of the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities recognised. 

d Revenue recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and  
other sales related taxes. 

The Group derives revenue from software licences, customer support and 
other products and services. Customer support includes telephone support 
and maintenance updates. Other products and services include the sale  
of professional services, business forms, hardware, payment processing, 
network services and training. 

Software licences – the Group recognises the revenue allocable to software 
licences and upgrades when all the following conditions have been satisfied: 

•  The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards 

of ownership of the licence; 

•  The Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the 

degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the 
goods sold; 

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably; 
•  It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction 

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated 
on consolidation. 

will flow; and 

•  The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be 

Minority interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are  
identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. Minority interests 
consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business 
combination and the minorities’ share of changes in equity since the date  
of the combination. 

measured reliably. 

Where appropriate the Group provides a reserve for estimated returns  
under the standard acceptance terms at the time the revenue is recorded. 

 
74 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

Group accounting policies (continued) 
Customer support and maintenance – revenue allocable to customer 
support and maintenance is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the support and maintenance contract. Revenue not recognised in 
the income statement under this policy is classified as deferred income in 
the balance sheet. 

Other products and services – revenue allocable to other products and 
services is recognised as the products are shipped, or rendering of services 
can be estimated reliably. Revenue associated with the transaction is 
recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the 
balance sheet date. The outcome of a transaction can be estimated reliably 
when all the following conditions are satisfied: 

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably; 
•  It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction 

will flow to the Group; 

•  The state of completion of the transaction at the balance sheet date can 

be measured reliably; and 

•  The costs incurred for the transaction and the costs to complete the 

transaction can be measured reliably. 

g Intangible assets – arising on business combinations 
Intangible assets are recognised when acquired as part of business 
combinations where customer related contractual cashflows exist, and their 
fair value can therefore be measured reliably. Intangible assets purchased 
separately are measured at cost. 

Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each intangible asset. 
Intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. 

The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

•  Brand names  
•  Technology/In process R&D (IPR&D) 
•  Customer relationships 

– 3 to 20 years  

– 3 to 7 years 

– 5 to 15 years 

h Intangible assets – other  
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Software assets are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed three years. 

Where software is sold with after-sales service, the consideration is allocated 
between the different elements on fair value. The revenue allocated to each 
element is recognised as outlined above. 

i Internally generated intangible assets – research and development 
expenditure 
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period 
in which it is incurred. 

e Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value 
of the Group’s interest in the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill previously written-off 
directly to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1 October 1998 has not been 
reinstated and is not recycled to the income statement on the disposal of 
the business to which it relates. 

f Impairment of assets 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purposes of 
impairment testing. The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to 
which the goodwill relates is tested annually for impairment or when events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. The carrying 
values of property, plant and equipment, investments measured using a cost 
basis and intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment 
only when events indicate the carrying value may be impaired. 

In an impairment test, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating  
unit or asset is estimated to determine the extent of any impairment loss. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the 
value-in-use in the Group. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent 
that the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. 

In determining a cash-generating unit’s or asset’s value-in-use, estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value  
of money and risks specific to the cash-generating unit or asset that have 
not already been included in the estimate of future cash flows. 

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the development of 
software is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met: 

•  It is probable that the asset will create future economic benefits; 
•  The development costs can be measured reliably; 
•  Technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset can be 

demonstrated; 

•  There is the intention to complete the asset and use or sell it; 
•  There is the ability to use or sell the asset; and 
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the 

development and to use or sell the asset are available. 

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised over their estimated 
useful lives which is between three to six years. Where no internally 
generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure  
is charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred. 

j Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses if applicable. Depreciation on property, 
plant and equipment is provided down to an asset’s residual value over its 
useful economic life as follows: 

•  Freehold buildings  
•  Long leasehold buildings and improvements  
•  Plant and equipment  
•  Motor vehicles  
•  Office equipment  

– 50 years 

– over period of lease 

– 2 to 7 years 

– 4 years 

– 5 to 7 years 

Freehold land is not depreciated. 

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate,  
at each balance sheet date. 

 
 
 
 
75

k Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  
Cost includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and  
bringing them to their existing location and condition. 

l Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purpose of preparation of the cash flow statement, cash and cash 
equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with 
an original maturity period of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are 
an integral part of a subsidiary’s cash management are included in cash  
and cash equivalents where they have a legal right of set-off and there is  
an intention to settle net, against positive cash balances, otherwise bank 
overdrafts are classified as borrowings. 

m Trade receivables and trade payables 
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is 
established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able 
to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. 
Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will 
enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or delinquency in 
payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying 
amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted  
at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is 
reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the 
loss is recognised in the income statement within selling and administrative 
expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against 
the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written-off are credited against selling and administrative 
expenses in the income statement. 

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

n Taxation 
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and 
deferred tax. 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year.  
Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never  
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated  
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised on differences between the carrying amounts  
of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding  
tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for 
using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets  
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 
Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference 
arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business 
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects 
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates and interests in joint 
ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the 
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will  
not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance 
sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset  
to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 
Deferred tax and current tax are charged or credited to profit or loss, except 
when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case 
the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. 

Tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable  
right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when  
they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

In recognising income tax assets and liabilities, management makes 
estimates of the likely outcome of decisions by tax authorities on 
transactions and events whose treatment for tax purposes is uncertain. 
Where the final outcome of such matters is different, or expected to be 
different, from previous assessments made by management, a change  
to the carrying value of income tax assets and liabilities will be recorded  
in the period in which such a determination is made. The carrying values  
of income tax assets and liabilities are disclosed separately in the 
Consolidated balance sheet. 

 
76 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

Group accounting policies (continued) 
o Financial instruments and hedge accounting  
(pre and post 30 September 2005) 
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance  
sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provision of  
the instrument. Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are stated  
at their nominal value less the amount of any appropriate provision for 
irrecoverable amounts. Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are 
stated at their nominal value. 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets 
and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations (including comparatives)  
are expressed in pounds sterling using exchange rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date. Income and expense items (including comparatives) are 
translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange 
rates fluctuated significantly during that period, in which case the exchange 
rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences  
arising, if any, are classified as equity and transferred to the Group’s 
translation reserve. 

In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue 
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 

The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net 
investment in a foreign operation that is determined to be an effective  
hedge is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. 

p Foreign currency translation 
The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates 
(its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial 
statements, the results and financial position of each entity are expressed  
in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent Company 
and the presentation currency for the Consolidated financial statements. 

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in 
currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (“foreign currencies”) 
are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the 
transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary items denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance 
sheet date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated  
in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date  
when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items and on 
the retranslation of monetary items, are included in profit or loss for the 
period. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary 
items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the period except 
for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect 
of which gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. For such non-
monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also 
recognised directly in equity. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign 
operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and 
translated at the closing rate. 

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange 
differences that were recorded in equity are recognised in the income 
statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. 

q Borrowing 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-
bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference 
between cost and redemption value being recognised in the income 
statement over the period of borrowing on an effective interest basis. 

r Leasing 
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group  
at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease 
payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding 
liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease 
obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and 
reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest 
on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged 
directly as finance costs to the income statement. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a  
straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received and 
receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread  
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

 
 
 
77

s Retirement benefit costs 
The Group operates money purchase pension schemes for certain of  
its employees. The contributions are charged to the income statement  
as incurred. 

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged  
to the income statement in the period to which the contributions relate. 

There are two small defined benefit schemes operating within the Group.  
The assets of the defined benefit schemes are held separately from the 
assets of the Group. The costs of providing benefits under these schemes  
are determined using the projected unit credit actuarial valuation method. 

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlements and 
curtailments are included in selling and administrative expenses in the 
Consolidated income statement. Past service costs are similarly included 
where the benefits have vested, otherwise they are amortised on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period. The expected return on assets of funded 
defined benefit pension schemes and the imputed interest on pension plan 
liabilities comprise the pension element of the net finance expense/income  
in the income statement. 

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets, changes  
in the retirement benefit obligation due to experience and changes in 
actuarial assumptions are included in the statement of recognised income 
and expense in full in the period in which they arise. 

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit 
pension scheme is the present value of the defined benefit obligation and 
unrecognised past service cost and future administration costs at the 
balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit 
obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated 
future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds  
that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and 
that have terms to maturity approximate to the terms of the related  
pension liability. 

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation of a defined benefit plan 
requires estimation of future events, for example salary and pension 
increases, inflation and mortality rates. In the event that future experience 
does not bear out the estimates made in previous years, an adjustment  
will be made to the plan’s defined benefit obligation in future periods  
which could have a material effect on the Group. The carrying amounts  
of assets and liabilities relating to defined benefit plans, together with the  
key assumptions used in the calculation of the defined benefit obligations 
relating to those plans, are disclosed in note 28. 

t Share-based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date  
of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting 
period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest 
allowing for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing 
models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise 
restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

The Group also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase the 
Group’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value at the 
date of the grant. The Group records an expense, based on its estimate of 
the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. 

u Dividends 
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the period in 
which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders. 

v Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a 
present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is 
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the 
obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting 
the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and where appropriate, the risks 
specific to the liability. 

w Segment reporting 
The Group is organised into geographical businesses. The geographic 
regions are the Group’s primary reporting format for segment information  
as they represent the dominant source and nature of the Group’s  
risks and returns. The Group’s secondary reporting format is business 
sector: Accounting; industry-specific; HR and payroll; CRM and  
payment processing. 

Segment assets include all intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, 
inventories, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and  
tax assets. Segment liabilities comprise mainly trade and other payables, 
retirement benefit obligations, tax liabilities and certain borrowings that can 
be attributed to the segment but exclude borrowings that are for general 
corporate purposes. Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, 
plant and equipment and intangible assets. 

 
78 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

Group accounting policies (continued) 
x Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting 
Standards 
At the date of approval of these financial statements, the following 
standards, interpretations and amendments were issued but not yet 
mandatory effective for the Group. 

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
•  IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” 
•  IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” 

International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) 
interpretations 
•  IFRIC 10 “Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment” 
•  IFRIC 11 “IFRS 2: Group and Treasury Share Transactions” 
•  IFRIC 12 “Service Concession Arrangements” 
•  IFRIC 13 “Customer Loyalty Programmes” 
•  IFRIC 14 “IAS19 – The Limit of a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding 

Requirements and their Interaction” 

Amendments to existing standards 
•  Amendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements –  

Capital Disclosures” 

•  Amendment to IAS 23 “Borrowing Costs” 

All the IFRSs, IFRIC interpretations and amendments to existing standards 
had been adopted by the EU at the date of approval of these consolidated 
financial statements with the following exceptions: IFRIC 12, IFRIC 13.  
IFRIC 14, IAS 1 (revised) and IAS23 (revised). 

The directors anticipate that the future adoption of those standards, 
interpretations and amendments listed above will not have a material  
impact on the Consolidated financial statements. 

y Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
In preparing the Consolidated financial statements, management has to 
make judgements on how to apply the Group’s accounting policies and 
make estimates about the future. The critical judgements that have been 
made in arriving at the amounts recognised in the Consolidated financial 
statements and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value  
of assets and liabilities in the next financial year, are discussed below: 

(cid:129) Acquisitions  
When acquiring a business, we have to make judgements and best 
estimates about the fair value allocation of the purchase price. We seek 
appropriate competent and professional advice before making any such 
allocations. We test the valuation of goodwill on an annual basis and 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. These tests require the use of estimates. 
(note 7). 

(cid:129) Impairment reviews 
The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment,  
in accordance with the accounting policy stated above. The recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-
use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates (note 7). 

(cid:129) Income taxes 
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions.  
Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision  
for income taxes. There are transactions and calculations for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of 
business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues 
based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the  
final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that  
were recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred  
tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. 

 
 
 
79

1 Segmental reporting  
Primary reporting format – geographical segments 
The Group manages its business segments on a global basis. The operations are based in four main geographical areas. The UK is the home country  
of the parent. The main operations in the principal territories are as follows: 

•  UK & Ireland 
•  Mainland Europe 
•  North America 
•  Rest of World 

The Rest of World segment operations are mainly based in South Africa, Australia, Singapore, Malaysia, UAE, China and India. The sales analysis in the  
table below is based on the location of the customer which is not materially different from the location where the order is received and where the assets  
are located. 

Note

UK & Ireland
£m

Mainland 
Europe
£m

North America 
£m 

Rest of World
£m

Group
£m

Year ended 30 September 2007 

The primary segment results were as follows:  

Continuing operations 

Revenue  

Segment operating profit  

Finance income  

Finance expenses  

Profit before taxation  

Taxation  

Profit for the year from continuing operations  

The primary segment assets and liabilities were as follows: 

Segment assets  

Segment liabilities  

Segment net assets  

Unallocated liabilities  

– Corporate borrowings  

Total net assets  

224.1

80.8

349.1

71.2

508.1 

83.4 

76.3

19.8

3

2

2

4

369.1

(147.0)

222.1

541.1

(215.7)

325.4

1,190.6 

(196.4) 

994.2 

107.0

(36.6)

70.4

Other segmental information in respect of the primary segments was as follows: 

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment 

Capital expenditure – intangible fixed assets  

Depreciation  

Amortisation of intangible assets  

Other non-cash expenses – share-based payments  

 9 

8 

9 

8 

19 

6.4

0.1

6.9

2.0

2.8

3.7

3.4

3.6

11.7

2.0

7.9 

12.3 

4.6 

19.5 

3.5 

4.1

0.1

1.1

0.3

0.5

1,157.6

255.2

3.6

(35.5)

223.3

(69.2)

154.1

2,207.8

(595.7)

1,612.1

(561.3)

1,050.8

22.1

15.9

16.2

33.5

8.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

1 Segmental reporting (continued) 

Year ended 30 September 2006 

The primary segment results were as follows:  

Continuing operations 

Revenue  

Segment operating profit  

Finance income  

Finance expenses  

Profit before taxation  

Taxation  

Profit for the year from continuing operations  

The primary segment assets and liabilities were as follows: 

Segment assets  

Segment liabilities  

Segment net assets  

Unallocated liabilities  

– Corporate borrowings  

Total net assets  

Note

UK & Ireland
£m

Mainland 
Europe
£m

North America 
£m 

Rest of World
£m

Group
£m

205.2

76.3

299.8

58.9

361.5 

82.4 

69.1

18.2

3

2

2

4

334.0

(139.2)

194.8

474.4

(184.3)

290.1

1,307.4 

(223.4) 

1,084.0 

95.1

(25.5)

69.6

935.6

235.8

3.5

(18.1)

221.2

(68.6)

152.6

2,210.9

(572.4)

1,638.5

(660.9)

977.6

23.8

3.2

13.7

16.2

8.8

Other segmental information in respect of the primary segments was as follows: 

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment 

Capital expenditure – intangible fixed assets  

Depreciation  

Amortisation of intangible assets  

Other non-cash expenses – share-based payments  

 9 

8 

9 

8 

19 

8.0

0.1

5.7

0.1

2.8

3.4

1.0

3.7

7.8

2.0

11.1 

2.1 

3.5 

8.2 

3.5 

1.3

–

0.8

0.1

0.5

Segment assets include all intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, inventories, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and tax 
assets. Segment liabilities comprise mainly trade and other payables, retirement benefit obligations, tax liabilities and certain borrowings that can be attributed 
to the segment but exclude borrowings that are for general corporate purposes. Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets. 

Reconciliation of operating profit to EBITA* (Non GAAP measure) 

Operating profit  

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets  

Net amortisation/(capitalisation) of software development expenditure  

EBITA*  

* EBITA measure (Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation) excludes the effects of: 
• Amortisation of acquired intangible assets; and 
• Amortisation (or capitalisation) of software development expenditure. 

2007
£m

255.2

27.2

0.8

283.2

2006
£m

235.8 

13.6 

(0.1) 

249.3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

Secondary reporting format – business segment 
The business segments identified are: Accounting; industry-specific; HR and payroll; CRM and payment processing. This presentation has been changed 
from the prior year which showed the following segments: Small business and Mid-market divisions, due to changes in the way the business reports. 

2007
 £m

561.7

342.5

139.4

66.4

47.6

Revenue 
2006 
£m

552.9

159.1

130.0

66.5

27.1

Segment  
assets  
2006  
£m 

2007 
£m

1,071.3

1,306.5 

653.2

265.9

126.6

90.8

376.0 

307.2 

157.2 

64.0 

1,157.6

935.6 

2,207.8

2,210.9  

Continuing operations 

Accounting 

Industry-specific 

HR and payroll 

CRM 

Payment processing 

Analysis of revenue 

Sale of goods  

Rendering of services  

2 Net finance expenses  

Capital 
expenditure 
2006 
£m

16.0

4.6

3.7

1.9

0.8

27.0

Revenue 
2006 
£m

322.8

612.8

935.6

2006 
£m

3.5

(17.5)

(0.6) 

(18.1)

2007 
£m

18.4

11.2

4.6

2.2

1.6

38.0

2007 
£m

343.7

813.9

1,157.6

2007 
£m 

3.6

(34.4)

(1.1)

(35.5)

(31.9)

(14.6)

Note  

27  

2007 
£m

511.5

2006 
£m

409.8 

Finance income – interest income on short-term deposits 

Finance expenses: 

Finance costs on bank borrowings 

Amortisation of issue costs  

Net finance expenses 

3 Operating profit  

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit  

Staff costs  

Inventories 

– Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)  

10  

35.9

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

– Owned assets  

– Under finance leases  

Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding amortisation of development expenditure)  

Amortisation of development expenditure 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets 

Profit on disposal of subsidiary  

Other operating lease rentals payable 

– Plant and machinery  

– Property  

Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment  

Research and development expenditure  

9  

9 

8  

8 

16.1

0.1

32.7

0.8

(1.3)

(0.5)

–

3.4

17.6

3.0

111.4

13.6 

13.6 

 0.1 

15.4 

0.8

(0.8)

–

2.7 

3.0

18.6 

2.8 

94.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

3 Operating profit (continued) 
Services provided by the Group’s auditor and network firms 
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor at costs as detailed below: 

Audit services 

– Fees payable to Company auditor for the audit of parent Company and consolidated accounts  

Non-audit services 

Fees payable to the Company auditor and its associates for other services: 

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation  

– Other services 

– Tax services and compliance work  

2007
£m

1.3

0.2

0.2

1.3

3.0

2006
£m

1.3

0.1 

 0.3 

1.4 

3.1

The total audit fee for the Group, including the audit of overseas subsidiaries was £1.5m (2006: £1.4m). Other services include interim review costs and  
IFRS transition costs in the prior year and are therefore closely associated with the audit. 

The Group reported its results under IFRS for the first time for the year ended 30 September 2006. Consequently, fees incurred in connection with audit 
services included significant, one-time costs associated with the conversion from UK GAAP to IFRS in the prior year. 

The Board’s policy in respect of the procurement of non-audit services for the Group’s auditor is set out on page 53. 

4 Taxation 

Analysis of charge in the year  

Current tax  

– Current year  

– Adjustment in respect of prior year  

Deferred tax (note 17) 

Taxation  

Tax on items charged to equity 

Deferred tax charge on share options  

Total tax on items charged to equity  

2007
£m 

60.3

(1.3)

59.0

10.2

69.2

2007
£m

3.3

3.3

The tax for the year is higher (2006: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (30%). The differences are explained below: 

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation  

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 30% (2006: 30%)  

Effects of: 

Adjustment in respect of prior period  

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates  

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes and other permanent differences  

Other  

Total taxation  

2007
£m

223.3

67.0

(1.3)

7.1

(4.2)

0.6

69.2

2006
£m

65.4 

2.4 

67.8 

0.8 

68.6 

2006
£m

1.2 

1.2 

2006
£m

221.2

66.4

2.4

6.1

(4.5)

(1.8)

68.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2006 of 2.51p per share  

(2006: final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2005 of 1.95p per share) 

Interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2007 of 1.27p per share  

(2006: interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2006 of 1.08p per share) 

83

2006 
£m

–

25.1

–

14.0

39.1

2007 
£m

32.4

–

16.6

–

49.0

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2007 of 5.73p per share which will absorb  
an estimated £74.7m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 7 March 2008 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 8 February 2008.  
These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable. 

6 Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the year, excluding those held in the employee share trust (note 22), which are treated as cancelled. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary 
shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the 
average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s long-term incentive plan.  
At 30 September 2007, the performance criteria for the vesting of the awards under the incentive scheme had not been met and consequently the shares  
in question are excluded from the diluted EPS calculation. 

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below: 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings 
£m

2007

Per share 
amount 
pence

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings  
£m 

2006

Per share 
amount 
pence

Basic EPS  

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders  

154.1

1,299.9

11.85

152.5  

1,290.8 

11.81 

Effect of dilutive securities  

Options 

Diluted EPS  

–

7.1

(0.06)

– 

8.9

(0.08)

154.1

1,307.0

11.79

152.5  

1,299.7 

11.73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

6 Earnings per share (continued) 
Adjusted EPS – Non GAAP measure 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings 
£m

2007

Per share 
amount 
pence

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings  
£m 

2006

Per share 
amount 
pence

Basic EPS 

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders  

154.1

1,299.9

11.85

152.5  

1,290.8 

11.81 

Non EBITA items:  

Intangible asset amortisation and net development expenditure  

Taxation  

Net EBITA adjustments  

28.0

(8.7)

19.3

–

1.49

13.5 

(4.1) 

9.4 

–

0.73

EBITA adjusted basic EPS  

173.4

1,299.9

13.34

161.9  

1,290.8 

12.54 

Effect of dilutive securities  

Options  

–

7.1

(0.06)

– 

8.9

(0.08)

EBITA adjusted diluted EPS  

173.4

1,307.0

13.28

161.9  

1,299.7 

12.46 

7 Goodwill 

Cost  

At 1 October  

Additions  

Disposals  

Exchange adjustments  

At 30 September  

Aggregate impairment at 1 October and 30 September  

Net book amount at 30 September  

Note 

2007
£m

2006
£m

26(j)  

26(g)  

1,561.9

90.3

(0.9)

(79.2)

1,076.8 

529.2 

(7.4) 

(36.7) 

1,572.1

1,561.9 

–

–

1,572.1

1,561.9

Details of acquisitions and disposals in the year are shown in note 26. During the year, goodwill was reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36.  
For the purposes of this impairment review, goodwill has been valued on the basis of discounted future cash flows arising in each relevant cash- 
generating unit. 

Goodwill impairment tests 
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to one or more cash-generating units (“CGUs”). CGUs represent the operations of a country or,  
in more material operations, divisions within a country. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill at the balance sheet date by geographic area:  

UK  

France  

Germany  

Switzerland  

Poland  

Spain  

North America  

South Africa  

Australia  

Asia  

85

2007 
£m

181.1

203.2

22.0

26.9

6.4

94.5

2006 
£m

152.6

161.2

20.4

22.5

6.2

91.6

969.4

1,045.5

31.3

22.7

14.6

25.1

25.0

11.8

1,572.1

1,561.9

The Group conducts annual impairment tests on the carrying value of goodwill, based on the recoverable amount of CGUs to which goodwill has been 
allocated. The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations are the 
discount rate applied, the long-term operating margin and the long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows. In all cases, the approved budget for the 
following financial year formed the basis for the cash flow projections for a CGU. The approved cash flow projections in the four financial years following the 
budget year reflected management’s expectations of the medium-term operating performance of the CGU and growth prospects in the CGU’s market. 

•  The discount rate applied to a CGU represents a pre-tax rate that reflects market assessment of the time value of money at the balance sheet date and the 

risks specific to the CGU. The discount rate applied to CGUs were in the range of 6.4% (2006: 6.4%) to 10.5% (2006: 10.7%). 

•  The long-term operating margin assumed for a CGU's operations is primarily based on past performance. For some CGUs, those for which management 
has strong reason to believe that past operating margins are not indicative of future operating margins, expected future improvements from sustainable 
operating cost savings are also included in management’s assessment of the long-term operating margin. The long-term operating margin applied to 
CGUs was in the range of 18% (2006: 18%) to 45% (2006: 54%). 

•  Long-term growth rates of net operating cash flows are assumed equal to the long-term growth rate in the gross domestic product of the country in which 

the CGU’s operations are undertaken and were in the range of 1.0% (2006: 1.0%) to 5.0% (2006: 5.0%). 

Goodwill impairment tests were conducted separately for each CGU. 

 
 
 
86 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

8 Other intangible assets 

Cost  

At 1 October 2006  

Additions  

Acquisitions – through business combinations 

Transfers 

Disposals  

Exchange adjustments  

At 30 September 2007 

Aggregate amortisation 

At 1 October 2006 

Charge for the year 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Exchange adjustments 

At 30 September 2007  

Brands
£m

Technology
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D
£m

Internal 
IPR&D
£m

Computer  
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships
£m

33.5

–

1.0

–

–

(0.5)

34.0

2.0

2.5

–

–

–

4.5

60.4

–

13.0

–

–

(0.5)

72.9

6.9

9.4

–

–

(0.2)

16.1

0.3

4.7

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

0.1

0.1

–

–

(0.1)

0.1

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

4.7

2.3

0.8

–

–

0.1

3.2

1.5

19.5 

15.9 

1.8 

6.4 

(3.6) 

(1.8) 

38.2 

10.9 

5.5 

1.8 

(3.1) 

(0.9) 

14.2 

96.3

–

14.8

–

–

(5.9)

105.2

6.9

15.2

–

–

(0.4)

21.7

Total
£m

214.7

15.9

30.6

6.4

(3.6)

(8.7)

255.3

29.1

33.5

1.8

(3.1)

(1.5)

59.8

Net book amount at 30 September 2007 

29.5

56.8

24.0 

83.5

195.5

Cost  

At 1 October 2005  

Additions  

Acquisitions – through business combinations 

Additions – internally generated  

Disposals  

Exchange adjustments  

At 30 September 2006  

Aggregate amortisation 

At 1 October 2005 

Charge for the year 

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2006  

Brands
£m

Technology
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D
£m

Internal 
IPR&D
£m

Computer  
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships
£m

17.6 

–

16.3 

–

–

(0.4) 

33.5 

0.5

1.5

–

–

2.0

18.4 

–

42.2 

–

–

(0.2) 

60.4 

1.3

5.6

–

–

6.9

0.3 

–

–

–

–

–

0.3 

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

3.8 

–

–

0.9 

–

–

4.7 

1.5

0.8

–

–

2.3

5.9  

3.2  

11.7  

– 

(0.7) 

(0.6) 

19.5  

2.5 

1.8 

6.9 

(0.3) 

10.9 

5.7 

–

90.7 

–

–

(0.1) 

96.3 

0.5

6.4

–

–

6.9

Total
£m

51.7

3.2

160.9

0.9

(0.7)

(1.3)

214.7

6.3

16.2

6.9

(0.3)

29.1

Net book amount at 30 September 2006  

31.5 

53.5 

0.2 

2.4 

8.6  

89.4 

185.6

All amortisation charges in the year have been charged through selling and administrative expenses. Intangible assets (apart from internally generated IPR&D 
and computer software) relate to identifiable assets purchased as part of the Group’s business combinations. Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-
line basis over their expected useful economic life. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

Total
£m

246.1

22.1

2.7

(14.0)

(6.4)

(3.9)

246.6

112.3

16.2

1.7

(12.5)

(1.6)

116.1

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m 

Motor 
vehicles 
and office 
equipment
£m

92.2 

0.3

1.2

(1.0)

–

(0.9)

91.8

4.9 

1.0

0.5

(0.4)

(0.1)

5.9

115.6  

18.1 

0.7 

(10.1) 

(6.4) 

(2.5) 

115.4 

80.8  

12.1 

0.6 

(9.7) 

(1.1) 

82.7 

38.3 

3.7

0.8

(2.9)

–

(0.5)

39.4

26.6 

3.1

0.6

(2.4)

(0.4)

27.5

9 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 

At 1 October 2006  

Additions at cost  

Acquisitions  

Disposals 

Transfers 

Exchange adjustments 

At 30 September 2007 

Accumulated depreciation  

At 1 October 2006  

Charge for the year  

Acquisitions  

Disposals  

Exchange adjustments  

At 30 September 2007  

Net book amount at 30 September 2007  

85.9

32.7 

11.9

130.5

Cost 

At 1 October 2005  

Additions at cost  

Acquisitions  

Disposals 

Exchange adjustments 

At 30 September 2006  

Accumulated depreciation  

At 1 October 2005  

Charge for the year  

Acquisitions  

Disposals  

Exchange adjustments  

At 30 September 2006 

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m 

Motor 
vehicles 
and office 
equipment
£m

88.0

1.3

3.3

–

(0.4)

92.2

4.0

1.0

0.7

(0.8)

–

4.9

100.4 

17.6 

19.6 

(19.2) 

(2.8) 

115.6 

75.4 

9.7 

15.1 

(17.3) 

(2.1) 

80.8 

34.0

4.9

2.9

(2.7)

(0.8)

38.3

23.1

3.0

1.6

(0.5)

(0.6)

26.6

Total
£m

222.4

23.8

25.8

(21.9)

(4.0)

246.1

102.5

13.7

17.4

(18.6)

(2.7)

112.3

Net book amount at 30 September 2006 

87.3

34.8 

11.7

133.8

Depreciation expense of £16.2m (2006: £13.7m) have been charged through selling and administrative expenses. 

Lease rentals amounting to £3.4m (2006: £3.0m) and £17.6m (2006: £18.6m) relating to the lease of plant and machinery and property respectively are 
included in the income statement (note 3). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

9 Property, plant and equipment (continued) 
Assets held under finance leases have the following net book amount: 

Cost  

Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount  

2007
£m

0.6

(0.3)

0.3

Included in assets held under finance leases are plant and equipment with a net book amount of £0.3m (2006: £0.3m) and vehicles £nil (2006: £0.1m). 

10 Inventories 

Materials  

Finished goods  

2007
£m

1.8

3.7

5.5

 2006 
£m

0.6 

 (0.2)

0.4 

 2006 
£m

1.9 

3.7 

5.6 

The Group consumed £35.9m (2006: £13.6m) of inventories, included in cost of sales, during the year. There was no material write down of inventories 
during the current or prior year. 

11 Trade and other receivables 

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Trade receivables 

Less: provision for impairment of receivables  

Trade receivables – net  

Other receivables 

Prepayments and accrued income  

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large and unrelated. 

12 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement comprise: 

Cash at bank and in hand  

Short-term bank deposits  

2007 
£m

231.8

(31.1)

200.7

15.5

14.1

230.3

2007
£m

64.3

1.3

65.6

The effective interest rate on short-term deposits was 5.0% (2006: 3.9%) and these deposits have an average maturity of 44 days (2006: 41 days). 

13 Trade and other payables – current 

Trade payables  

Other tax and social security payable  

Accruals  

14 Current tax liabilities 

Current tax liabilities 

2007 
£m

105.0

45.2

60.0

210.2

2007 
£m

56.3 

2006 
£m

 215.2 

(30.1) 

185.1

19.2

11.4 

215.7

 2006
£m 

81.4 

0.6 

82.0 

2006
£m 

95.1 

38.2 

57.0 

190.3 

2006 
£m

63.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Financial liabilities – borrowings 

Current 

Bank loans due within one year of demand:  

Secured (a) 

Unsecured  

Finance lease obligations  

Non-current 

Bank loans:  

Secured (a) 

Unsecured  

Finance lease obligations  

89

2007 
£m

2006 
£m

–

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.9

0.1

1.0

2007 
£m

2006 
£m

0.6

561.3

561.9

0.1

562.0

1.7

660.9

662.6

0.2

662.8

(a) The bank loans are secured by a fixed charge over the property the acquisition of which the loan funded. 

Bank loans are denominated in a number of currencies and bear interest based on LIBOR or foreign equivalents appropriate to the country in which the 
borrowing is incurred. 

Included in loans above is £561.5m (2006: £661.2m) of unsecured loans (after unamortised issue costs) taken out in connection with acquisitions. 

This is drawn down under £850.0m multi-currency revolving credit facilities, £650.0m expiring on 4 August 2011 and £200.0m expiring on 13 January 2011. 

In the table above, loans are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £1.0m (2006: £1.7m). The Group has incurred total issue costs of £7.3m (2006: £7.1m) 
in respect of these facilities. These costs are allocated to the income statement over the term of the facility at a constant rate on the carrying amount. 

Unsecured borrowings were drawn in the following currencies: US Dollar £314.2m (2006: £549.2m), Euro £235.9m (2006: £106.5m) and Swiss Franc 
£11.4m (2006: £5.5m) and bear interest at a rate of 0.45% (2006: 0.45%) above LIBOR. 

16 Financial instruments 
Numerical financial instruments disclosures are set out below. Additional disclosures are set out in the accounting policies relating to risk management and 
also in note 25. 

Hedge of net investment in foreign entity 
The Group has US Dollar, Euro and Swiss Franc denominated borrowings which it has designated as a hedge of the net investment in its subsidiaries in the 
US, France, Spain, Germany and Switzerland. The fair value of the US Dollar borrowings at 30 September 2007 was £314.2m (2006: £549.2m), the Euro 
borrowings £235.9m (2006: £106.3m) and Swiss Franc borrowings £11.4m (2006: £5.5m). The foreign exchange gain of £33.8m (2006: gain of £12.8m)  
on translation of the borrowings into sterling has been recognised in exchange reserves. 

Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities 
Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash flows  
at prevailing interest rates and by applying year end exchange rates. The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate to book value. 

Fair values of financial instruments 
For the following financial assets and liabilities: long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings, trade and other payables, trade and other receivables, short-
term deposits and cash at bank and in hand, the carrying amount approximates the fair value of the instrument due to the instrument bearing interest at 
market rates and/or the short-term nature of the instrument. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

16 Financial instruments (continued) 

Long-term borrowings  

Fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities:  

Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations:  

Short-term borrowings  

Trade and other payables  

Trade and other receivables  

Short-term bank deposits  

Cash at bank and in hand  

2007 

Book value
£m

Fair value 
£m 

Book value 
£m

2006

Fair value 
£m

(562.0)

(562.0) 

(662.8) 

(662.8) 

(0.3)

(210.2)

230.3

1.3

64.3

(0.3) 

(210.2) 

230.3 

1.3 

64.3 

(1.0) 

(190.3) 

215.7 

0.6 

81.4 

(1.0) 

(190.3) 

215.7 

0.6 

81.4 

Note

15 

15 

13 

11 

12 

12 

Currency exposure 
The Group’s other currency exposures comprise only those exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses to be recognised in the income 
statement. Such exposures reflect the monetary assets and liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the operating (or “functional”) currency of the 
operating unit involved. At 30 September 2007 and 30 September 2006, these exposures are immaterial to the Group. 

Maturity of financial liabilities 
The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s non-current liabilities at 30 September was as follows: 

In more than one year but not more than two years  

In more than two years but not more than five years  

In more than five years  

Debt
£m

–

561.9

–

561.9

Finance 
leases
£m

0.1

–

–

0.1

2007 

Total
£m

0.1

561.9

–

562.0

Debt 
£m 

– 

662.6  

– 

662.6  

Finance 
leases
£m

0.2 

–

–

0.2 

2006

Total
£m

0.2 

662.6 

–

662.8 

Borrowing facilities  
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 30 September in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met at 
that date:   

Expiring within one year  

Expiring between one and two years  

Expiring in more than two years  

2007
Total 
£m

–

–

287.7

287.7

2006
Total
£m

–

–

187.3 

187.3 

The facilities have been arranged to help finance the proposed expansion of the Group’s activities. All these facilities incur commitment fees at market rates. 

The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows:  

Not later than one year  

Later than one year but not more than five years 

More than five years 

Future finance charges on finance leases  

Present value of finance lease liabilities  

2007
Total 
£m

0.1

0.1

–

0.2

–

0.2

2006
Total
£m

0.1 

0.2

–

0.3

–

0.3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

17 Deferred tax 
Deferred tax has been calculated at 28% (2006: 30%) in respect of UK companies (being the prevailing corporation tax rate  and at the prevailing rates for the 
overseas subsidiaries. 

)

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below: 

At 1 October  

Acquisition of subsidiary  

Transfer to current tax  

Income statement credit  

Exchange differences  

Share options  

At 30 September  

2007 
£m 

16.3

(8.5)

–

(10.2)

(0.2)

(3.3)

(5.9)

2006
£m

43.5 

(23.1)

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(1.3) 

(1.2) 

16.3 

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets because it is probable 
that these assets will be recovered. 

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax is 
expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future. 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by IAS 12) during the year are 
shown below. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. 

Deferred tax  

Assets 

At 1 October 2006 

Income statement credit  

Acquisition of subsidiary  

Reclassification from/(to) deferred tax liability 

Exchange differences  

Share options  

At 30 September 2007  

Liabilities 

At 1 October 2006 

Income statement charge 

Deferred tax on intangible assets 

Reclassification (from)/to deferred tax asset 

Acquisition of subsidiary 

At 30 September 2007 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset 

At 30 September 2007  

At 30 September 2006 

The deferred tax liability due after more than one year is £23.5m (2006: £10.0m). 

Intangible  
assets  
£m 

– 

(2.1) 

– 

8.7 

– 

– 

6.6 

(8.0) 

1.6 

(8.4) 

(8.7) 

– 

(23.5) 

(16.9) 

(8.0) 

Other 
£m

26.3 

(13.1)

(2.7)

(8.0)

(0.2)

(0.6)

1.7

(2.0)

3.4

–

8.0

(0.1)

9.3

11.0

24.3 

Total 
£m

26.3

(15.2)

(2.7)

0.7

(0.2)

(0.6)

8.3

(10.0)

5.0

(8.4)

(0.7)

(0.1)

(14.2)

(5.9)

16.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

18 Share capital 

Authorised 

1,860,000,000 (2006: 1,860,000,000) ordinary shares of 1p each  

Issued and fully paid  

At 1 October  

Allotted under share option schemes  

At 30 September  

2007 
£m

18.6

2007 
shares

2007 
£m 

2006 
shares

1,294,280,944

12.9  1,285,318,582 

9,879,210

0.1 

8,962,362

1,304,160,154

13.0  1,294,280,944 

2006
£m

18.6

2006
£m

12.8 

0.1 

12.9 

Potential issues of ordinary shares 
Certain senior executives hold options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 50.86p to 721.00p under the share option schemes 
approved by shareholders. The number of shares subject to options, the periods in which they were granted and the periods in which they may be exercised 
are given below: 

Date of grant 

17 December 1997  

20 January 1998  

20 April 1998  

15 May 1998  

16 December 1998  

7 June 1999  

11 February 2000  

23 February 2000  

24 May 2000  

10 January 2001  

17 January 2001  

16 May 2001  

2 January 2002  

31 December 2002  

12 May 2003  

24 December 2003  

24 May 2004  

6 January 2005  

12 May 2005  

10 January 2006  

10 January 2007 

20 June 2007 

Exercise price 
pence

81.10p

98.75p

17 December 2000 – 17 December 2007 

Exercise period 

2007
number

15,000

20 January 2001 – 20 January 2008 

150,000

50.86p – 92.61p

8 August 1999 – 2 March 2009 

–

2006
number

680,000

150,000

708,460

140.00p

136.00p

204.50p

15 May 2001 – 15 May 2008 

588,480

1,008,110

16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008 

1,290,475

2,094,710

7 June 2002 – 7 June 2009 

1,059,500

1,352,500

275.50p – 562.91p

11 February 2000 – 6 January 2010 

119,137

158,065

721.00p

542.50p

301.00p

329.75p

264.00p

228.50p

134.00p

147.00p

171.00p

172.00p

198.00p

206.00p

258.50p

270.00p

248.00p

23 February 2003 – 23 February 2010 

24 May 2003 – 24 May 2010 

31,250

19,037

31,250

19,037

10 January 2004 – 10 January 2011 

2,713,403

2,975,643

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011 

581,137

581,137

16 May 2004 – 16 May 2011 

1,795,696

2,096,431

2 January 2005 – 2 January 2012 

3,758,614

4,520,285

31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012 

2,933,693

4,621,782

12 May 2006 – 12 May 2013 

1,365,985

2,288,047

24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013 

8,083,316

11,110,075

24 May 2007 – 24 May 2014 

269,493

320,351

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015 

4,544,001

5,268,627

12 May 2008 – 12 May 2015 

1,983,695

2,150,367

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016 

5,894,597

6,458,797

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017 

8,119,550

20 June 2010 – 20 June 2017 

247,220

–

–

45,563,279

48,593,674

Under the above scheme, 9,499,389 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £14,478,090. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
93

Under the Group’s long-term incentive plan for certain senior executives approved by shareholders on 3 March 2005, the following awards have been made: 

Date of award  

18 March 2005  

12 May 2005  

10 January 2006  

10 January 2007 

20 June 2007 

Vesting date  

2007
number 

2006
number

18 March 2008  

1,808,170

1,841,204 

12 May 2008  

210,588

242,626 

10 January 2009  

2,348,990

2,469,883

10 January 2010 

2,793,003

20 June 2010 

33,000

–

–

7,193,751

4,553,713

In addition, options were granted under the terms of The Sage Group plc 1996 Savings-related Share Option Scheme approved by members on 7 February 
1996 up to 2005 and thereafter under the new scheme approved by the members at the Annual General Meeting on 2 March 2006, as follows: 

Date of grant  

1 March 2000  

1 March 2001  

1 March 2002  

1 March 2002  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2005  

1 March 2005  

1 March 2005  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2007 

1 August 2007 

1 August 2007 

Exercise price 
pence 

499.00p

240.00p

180.40p

180.40p

112.00p

112.00p

112.00p

140.00p

140.00p

140.00p

157.00p

157.00p

157.00p

184.00p

184.00p

184.00p

203.00p

203.00p

203.00p

Exercise period  

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 

1 March 2006 – 31 August 2006 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 

1 March 2011 – 31 August 2011 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 

1 March 2012 – 31 August 2012 

1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010 

1 August 2011 – 31 January 2012 

1 August 2013 – 31 January 2014 

1 August 2010 – 31 January 2011 

1 August 2012 – 31 January 2013 

1 August 2014 – 31 January 2015 

2007
number 

–

1,531

–

6,575

–

132,064

14,579

–

104,954

34,744

331,306

121,915

19,422

930,309

241,173

35,308

671,566

168,521

35,319

2006 
number

1,840

1,531

24,763

6,575

4,050

146,729

14,579

335,654

126,312

37,140

365,531

128,230

19,422

1,069,966

258,043

46,830

–

–

–

2,849,286

2,587,195

Under the above scheme, 379,821 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £540,736. 

The market price of the shares of the Company at 30 September 2007 was 249.25p and the highest and lowest prices during the year were 277.75p and 
220.50p respectively. 

19 Share-based payments 
The total charge for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans was £8.8m (2006: £8.8m), all of which related to equity-settled share- 
based payment transactions. After deferred tax, the total charge was £6.1m (2006: £6.2m). A reconciliation of share movements for options granted after  
7 November 2002 to which IFRS 2 is applicable is shown below. 

 
 
 
 
 
94 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

19 Share-based payments (continued) 
ESOS 
Under the 1999 Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”), grants are made at an exercise price which approximates to the share price at the date of the 
grant and are made to senior executives and managers across the Group, as well as to other staff with high potential or to recognise significant achievement 
or local market practice. The annual grant is normally made after the preliminary declaration of the annual results. Under the rules of the ESOS, as amended 
at the Annual General Meeting in 2005, the annual grant of options to an individual is limited to shares worth up to 300% of base salary. In practice, annual 
grants to executive directors are limited to shares under option worth 100% of base salary except in exceptional circumstances, such as a promotion or 
recruitment or to reflect local market practice. 

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three year period from the start of  
the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds Retail Prices Index (“RPI”) by 
15% (an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that time only if RPI is exceeded in that period by 27% (an average of 9% per year). 
Between those targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis. If those targets are not met at the end of the three year period, then no further retesting  
of the performance criteria will be undertaken and the options will lapse. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  
per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  

Share price  
at grant date  

Exercise price  

Number of employees  

December  
2002 

May  
2003 

December 
2003

£1.33  

£1.34 

139 

£1.45  

£1.47 

59 

£1.75 

£1.71

555

May 
2004

£1.72 

£1.72

26

January 
2005

£1.90 

£1.98

157

May 
2005

£2.07 

£2.06

150

January  
2006 

January 
2007

£2.53  

£2.59 

472 

£2.72

£2.70

678

June 
2007

£2.49

£2.48

18

Shares under option  

2,933,693 

1,365,985 

8,083,316

269,493

4,544,001

1,983,695

5,894,597 

8,119,550

247,220

Vesting period (years)  

Expected volatility  

Option life (years)  

Expected life (years)  

Risk free rate  

Expected dividends 
expressed as a 
dividend yield 

Possibility of ceasing 
employment before 
vesting 

Expectation of meeting 
performance criteria  

Fair value per option  

3 

62% 

10 

4 

4.1% 

3 

63% 

10 

4 

3.8% 

3

62%

10

4

4.5%

3

57%

10

4

5.1%

3

52%

10

4

4.4%

3

48%

10

4

4.3%

3 

40% 

10 

4 

4.1% 

3

30%

10

4

5.0%

3

25%

10

4

5.7%

0.3% 

1.3% 

0.9%

1.0%

1.6%

1.6%

1.6% 

1.4%

3.0%

5% 

5% 

5%

5%

5%

5%

5% 

5%

5%

100% 

£0.661 

100% 

£0.678 

100%

£0.855

100%

£0.794

100%

£0.802

100%

£0.777

100% 

£0.799 

100%

£0.762

100%

£0.539

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last four years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate 
of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. A reconciliation of option movements over the 
year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  

Granted  

Forfeited  

Exercised  

Outstanding at 30 September  

Exercisable at 30 September  

2007 
Weighted  
average  
exercise price 
£ 

1.88 

2.69 

2.27 

1.59 

2.13 

1.62 

Number
’000s

32,218

8,958

(2,093)

(5,641)

33,442

12,580

2006
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

1.68

2.59

1.81

1.50

1.88

1.51

Number
’000s

31,748

6,686

(2,053)

(4,163)

32,218

9,692

 
 
 
95

Range of  
exercise prices 

1.34 – 2.70  

Weighted  
average 
 exercise price 
£ 

2.13 

Number  
of shares 

33,442 

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

Weighted average 
exercise price
£

0.8

7.5

1.88 

2006
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

0.8 

7.7 

Number  
of shares 

32,218  

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 261.21p (2006: 259.10p). 

The Sage Group PSP 
The Performance Share Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2005. Annual grants of performance shares will 
normally be made to executive directors and senior executives across the Group after the preliminary declaration of the annual results. This Plan is operated 
in conjunction with the ESOS. 

Annual awards under the Plan are limited to shares worth up to 150% of base salary. In practice, annual grants to executive directors are limited to shares 
worth 100% of base salary except in exceptional circumstances, such as a promotion or recruitment or to reflect local market practice. 

The performance shares are subject to performance conditions measuring the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against a comparator group of 
international software and computer services companies. TSR has been chosen as the performance condition because it helps to align the interests of  
award holders with shareholders and complements the focus on Group financial results that arises from using EPS under the ESOS and annual bonus plan. 

The comparator group for awards made in 2007 comprised the following companies: 

(cid:129) Blackbaud  

(cid:129) Business Objects  

(cid:129) Cap Gemini  

(cid:129) Cegid  

(cid:129) Exact  

(cid:129) Intuit  

(cid:129) iSOFT  

(cid:129) LogicaCMG  

(cid:129) Lawson Software  

(cid:129) Northgate Information Solutions 

(cid:129) Microsoft  

(cid:129) Misys  

(cid:129) MYOB  

(cid:129) Oracle 

(cid:129) Salesforce.com 

(cid:129) SAP 

30% of shares vest for median TSR performance as compared to the comparator group whilst all shares vest for upper quintile (top 20%) TSR performance. 
Between those two points, shares will vest on a straight-line basis. TSR will be measured over a single three year period from the start of the financial year in 
which the grant is made to establish whether the criteria have been met and if these criteria are not met on the third anniversary of grant, the performance 
shares will lapse. 

Awards were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  
per award granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  

Exercise price  

Number of employees  

Shares under award  

Vesting period (years)  

Expected volatility  

Award life (years)  

Expected life (years)  

Risk free rate  

Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield  

Possibility of ceasing employment before vesting  

Expectation of meeting performance criteria  

Fair value per award  

March 
2005 

£2.07 

£0.00 

20

May 
2005 

£2.07 

£0.00 

5

January  
2006 

£2.59 

£0.00 

89 

January 
2007

£2.72

£0.00

102

June 
2007

£2.49

£0.00

2

1,808,170

210,588

2,348,990 

2,793,003

33,000

3 

44% 

3 

3 

4.7% 

0.0% 

0% 

100% 

£1.385 

3 

42% 

3 

3 

4.3% 

0.0% 

0% 

100% 

£1.341 

3 

32% 

3 

3 

4.2% 

0.0% 

0% 

100% 

£1.401 

3

24%

3

3

5.1%

0.0%

0%

100%

£1.478

3

22%

3

3

5.7%

0.0%

0%

100%

£1.041

 
 
96 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

19 Share-based payments (continued) 
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate 
of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed award life. A reconciliation of award movements over the 
year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  

Awarded  

Forfeited  

Exercised  

Outstanding at 30 September  

Exercisable at 30 September  

2007 
Weighted 
price average 
£ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Number
’000s

4,554

3,028

(388)

–

7,194

–

2006
Weighted
price average
£

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number
’000s

2,142

2,531

(119)

–

4,554

–

Range of exercise prices 

N/a 

Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
£ 

Number of 
shares

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

Number of 
shares 

2006
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

– 

7,194

1.5

1.5

–

4,554 

1.9

1.9

The Sage Group Savings-related Share Option Plan (the “SAYE Plan”) 
In February 1996, the Company introduced an Inland Revenue approved savings-related share option scheme allowing all UK employees to apply for  
an option to acquire ordinary shares in the Company (“Shares”) at a price per Share which was not less than 80% of the market value of those Shares  
when invitations for options were made. The acquisition of the Shares was funded by the proceeds of a savings account with a bank or building society.  
The original scheme adopted in 1996 continued in accordance with its terms for ten years and expired in February 2006. A new scheme was approved  
by the members at the Annual General Meeting held on 2 March 2006. 

Eligibility 
All UK employees, including executive directors, of the Company and its participating subsidiaries who have completed at least one year’s continuous service 
and are assessable to employment income tax are eligible to participate in the SAYE Plan. The directors may offer participation to other employees and may 
alter the length of service required to qualify to a different period, not exceeding five years. 

Employee contributions 
An employee who wishes to participate in the SAYE Plan will enter into a contract (the “SAYE contract”) with a savings body, designated by the directors for 
the purpose of the SAYE Plan, to make monthly contributions by deduction from their pay of not more than the maximum contribution permitted from time  
to time by HMRC (currently £250). 

A tax-free bonus (currently equivalent to 1.4x or 4.4x the monthly contribution) will be paid on completion of 36 or 60 monthly savings contributions 
respectively and another tax-free bonus (currently 8.4x the monthly contribution) (including the payment at the end of 60 months) will be paid after a further 
two years if the savings plus the initial bonus are not withdrawn prior to that date. 

Exercise price 
An employee who applies for the grant of an option to acquire Shares will do so at a price (the “Exercise Price”) which is determined by the directors but 
which is not less than the greater of: 

•  80% of the middle market quotation of a Share on the dealing day prior to the date of invitation as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official 

List (or, if the directors so decide, 80% of the average of the middle market quotations over the three dealing days prior to the date of the invitation or 80% 
of the middle market quotations at such other time or times agreed in advance with HMRC), and; 

•  In the case of an option over unissued Shares, the nominal value of a Share. 

 
 
 
 
 
97

Grant of options 
Each option is granted over a number of Shares which, when multiplied by the Exercise Price, does not exceed the total monthly contributions plus the bonus 
payable on the maturity of the SAYE contract. There will be no payment for the grant of an option. Invitations to apply for options must be made within a 
period of 42 days after: 

•  Approval of the SAYE Plan by HMRC; or 
•  The publication by the Company of its interim or final results each year; or 
•  The day after the Company’s Annual General Meeting; or 
•  Any day on which any change to the savings-related share option schemes legislation is announced or made; or 
•  If the directors resolve that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the operation of the SAYE Plan. 

Exercise of options 
In normal circumstances, an option may be exercised at any time within six months following maturity of the SAYE contract, using the proceeds of the SAYE 
contract and the applicable bonus. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Performance conditions were not included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  
per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  

Exercise price  

Number of employees  

Shares under option  

Vesting period (years)  

Expected volatility  

Option life (years)  

Expected life (years)  

Risk free rate  

Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield  

Possibility of ceasing employment before vesting  

March 2003 

March 2003 

March 2004 

March 2004 

March 2004 

March 2005 

March 2005 

£1.34 

£1.12 

25

£1.34 

£1.12 

2

132,064

14,579

5 

60% 

5 

5 

3.8% 

1.1% 

5% 

7 

52% 

7 

7 

4.0% 

1.1% 

5% 

£1.93 

£1.40 

–

–

3 

58% 

3 

3 

4.5% 

0.9% 

5% 

£1.93 

£1.40 

40

£1.93 

£1.40 

10 

£2.06 

£1.57 

173

£2.06 

£1.57 

34

104,954

34,744 

331,306

121,915

5 

59% 

5 

5 

4.6% 

0.9% 

5% 

7 

54% 

7 

7 

4.7% 

0.9% 

5% 

3 

44% 

3 

3 

4.7% 

1.6% 

5% 

5 

55% 

5 

5 

4.7% 

1.6% 

5% 

Fair value per option  

£0.729 

£0.746 

£0.967 

£1.135 

£1.192 

£0.847

£1.092

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  

Exercise price  

Number of employees  

Shares under option  

Vesting period (years)  

Expected volatility  

Option life (years)  

Expected life (years)  

Risk free rate  

Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield  

Possibility of ceasing employment before vesting  

March 2005 

August 2006 

August 2006 

August 2006 

August 2007  

August 2007 

August 2007 

£2.06 

£1.57 

7

£2.28 

£1.84 

453

£2.28 

£1.84 

86

£2.28

£1.84

14

£2.28 

£2.03 

479 

£2.28

£2.03

71

£2.28

£2.03

10

19,422

930,309

241,173

35,308

671,566 

168,521

35,319

7 

54% 

7 

7 

4.7% 

1.6% 

5% 

3 

26% 

3 

3 

4.7% 

1.6% 

5% 

5 

42% 

5 

5 

4.7% 

1.6% 

5% 

7

51%

7

7

4.6%

1.6%

5%

3  

22% 

3  

3  

5.4% 

3.0% 

5% 

5 

34%

5 

5 

5.3%

3.0%

5%

7

45%

7

7

5.2%

3.0%

5%

Fair value per option 

£1.176

£0.706

£1.028

£1.255

£0.503 

£0.750

£0.965

 
 
98 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

19 Share-based payments (continued) 
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three, five or seven years, consistent with the option life. The expected life is the average 
expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. 
A reconciliation of option movements over the year is shown below: 

2007 
Weighted 
average  
price 
£ 

1.65 

2.03 

1.71 

1.81 

1.40 

1.79 

– 

Number
’000s

2.552

914

(90)

(180)

(355)

2,841

–

2006
Weighted
average 
price
£

1.30

1.84

1.36

1.51

1.12

1.65

1.12

Number
’000s

2,316

1,399

(84)

(122)

(957)

2,552

4

Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
£ 

Number of 
shares

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

Number of 
shares 

2006
Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected

Contractual

1.79 

2,841

2.4

2.4

1.65

2,552 

2.5

2.5

Outstanding at 1 October  

Awarded  

Forfeited  

Surrendered 

Exercised  

Outstanding at 30 September  

Exercisable at 30 September  

Range of exercise prices 

1.12 – 2.03 

20 Share premium account 

At 1 October 2005  

Premium on shares issued during the year under share option schemes  

At 1 October 2006  

Premium on shares issued during the year under share option schemes  

At 30 September 2007  

21 Other reserves 

At 1 October 2005  

Exchange adjustments, net of tax  

At 30 September 2006  

Exchange adjustments, net of tax  

At 30 September 2007  

£m

451.0

11.8

462.8

15.4

478.2

Translation  
reserve 
£m 

Other 
reserve
£m

Total other 
reserves
£m

13.4  

(30.8) 

(17.4) 

(51.6) 

(69.0) 

61.1 

–

61.1 

–

61.1

74.5

(30.8)

43.7

(51.6)

(7.9)

Translation reserve 
The translation reserve represents the accumulated exchange differences arising from the following sources: 

•  The impact of the translation of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than Sterling; and 
•  Exchange differences arising on hedging instruments that are designated hedges of a net investment in foreign operations, net of tax where applicable. 

Other reserve 
Other reserves brought forward at 1 October 2004 relate to the merger reserve which was present under UK GAAP and frozen on transition to IFRS and the 
translation reserve. 

 
 
 
 
  
22 Retained earnings 

At 1 October  

Profit for the year  

Share-based payments  

Dividends paid  

Treasury shares  

Actuarial loss on employment benefits 

Equity movement of deferred tax  

At 30 September  

99

2006
£m

350.4 

152.5 

8.8 

(39.1) 

(13.3) 

–

(1.2) 

2007
£m

458.1

154.1

8.8

(49.0)

–

(1.2)

(3.3)

567.5

458.1 

The actuarial loss of £1.2m (2006: £nil) is made up of net losses of £1.8m on post employment benefits (note 28) and a gain of £0.6m on other long-term 
employee benefits. 

Treasury shares 
The Group holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the market 
for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The amounts shown in the treasury shares reserve at 30 September each year 
would be deducted in determining the distributable profits of the Company at that date. 

Interests in own shares represent the cost of £13,272,933 of the Company’s ordinary shares (nominal value of £47,556) purchased in February 2006.  
These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company to meet obligations under the Performance Share Plan. 
The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. The market 
value of the shares at 30 September 2007 was £11.8m (2006: £11.9m). 

Cumulative goodwill relating to acquisitions made prior to 1998, which has been eliminated against reserves, amounts to £236.4m (2006: £245.8m).  

23 Shareholders’ funds and reconciliation of changes in shareholders’ equity 

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Other 
reserves
(note 21)
£m

At 1 October 2005 
Exchange adjustments  
New shares issued 
Purchase of minority interest 
Net profit  
Equity movement of deferred tax  
Share options  
– proceeds from shares issued  
– value of employee services  
Treasury shares 
Dividends  
At 30 September 2006  
Exchange adjustments  
New shares issued  
Purchase of minority interest  
Net profit  
Equity movement of deferred tax  
Share options  
– proceeds from shares issued  
– value of employee services  
Actuarial loss on employment benefits 
Dividends  
At 30 September 2007 

12.8
–
0.1
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
12.9 
–
0.1
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
13.0

451.0
–
–
–
–
–

11.8 
–
–
–
462.8 
–
–
–
–
–

15.4
–
–
–
478.2

350.4
–
–
–
152.5 
(1.2) 

–
8.8 
(13.3)
(39.1) 
458.1 
–
–
–
154.1
(3.3)

–
8.8
(1.2)
(49.0)
567.5

74.5
(30.8) 
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
43.7 
(51.6)
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(7.9)

Equity  
funds 
£m 

888.7 
(30.8) 
0.1 
– 
152.5  
(1.2) 

11.8  
8.8  
(13.3) 
(39.1) 
977.5  
(51.6) 
0.1 
– 
154.1 
(3.3) 

15.4 
8.8 
(1.2) 
(49.0) 
1,050.8 

Minority 
interest
£m

0.2
–
–
(0.2)
0.1
–

–
–
–
–
0.1 
–
–
(0.1)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

Total 
equity
£m

888.9
(30.8)
0.1
(0.2)
152.6
(1.2)

11.8
8.8
(13.3)
(39.1)
977.6
(51.6)
0.1
(0.1)
154.1
(3.3)

15.4
8.8
(1.2)
(49.0)
1,050.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

24 Minority interest 

At 1 October  

Share of net profit of subsidiaries  

Purchase of minority interest  

At 30 September  

25 Cash flows from operating activities  
Reconciliation of profit for the year to cash generated from continuing operations  

Profit for the year  

Adjustments for:  

Taxation  

Finance income  

Finance expenses  

Amortisation of intangible assets  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  

Profit on sale of subsidiary  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets 

Equity-settled share-based transactions  

Exchange movements  

Changes in working capital (excluding effects of acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries) 

(cid:129) (Increase)/decrease in inventories  

(cid:129) Increase in trade and other receivables  

(cid:129) Decrease in payables  

(cid:129) Increase in deferred income  

Cash generated from continuing operations  

2007
£m

0.1

–

(0.1)

–

2007 
£m

154.1

69.2

(3.6)

35.5

33.5

16.2

–

1.3

0.5

8.8

(1.8)

(0.1)

(9.9)

(3.0)

16.4

317.1

2006
£m

0.2 

0.1 

(0.2) 

0.1 

2006
£m

152.6 

68.6 

(3.5)

18.1 

15.4 

13.7 

(2.7) 

0.8 

–

8.8 

(9.1) 

0.6 

(15.4) 

(0.9) 

20.1 

267.1 

 
 
 
 
 
101

2007 
£m

(14.1)

67.2

53.1

(0.5)

0.3

31.0

83.9

(593.6)

(509.7)

2006
£m

15.1

(496.9) 

(481.8)

 (7.4)

(0.6)

11.0

(478.8)

(114.8)

(593.6)

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (inclusive of finance leases)  

(Decrease)/increase in cash in the year (pre-exchange movements)  

Cash outflow/(inflow) from decrease/(increase) in loans, finance leases and cash collected from customers  

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows  

Loans acquired with subsidiaries 

Non-cash movements  

Exchange movements  

Movement in net debt in the year  

Net debt at 1 October  

Net debt at 30 September 

Analysis of change in net debt (inclusive of finance leases) 

Net cash at bank and in hand  

Loans due within one year  

Finance leases due within one year 

Loans due after more than one year 

Finance leases due after more than one year 

Cash collected from customers  

Total  

At 
1 October 
2006 
£m

82.0

(0.9)

(0.1)

 (661.7)

 (0.2)

(12.7)

(593.6)

Cash flow 
£m

Acquisition 
£m

Other 
£m 

Exchange 
movements 
£m

At 
30 September
2007 
£m

(14.1)

0.7

–

68.4

0.2

(2.1)

53.1

–

–

–

(0.5)

–

–

(0.5)

– 

– 

– 

(1.1) 

– 

– 

(1.1) 

(2.3)

–

–

33.8

(0.1)

1.0

32.4

65.6

(0.2)

(0.1)

(561.1)

(0.1)

(13.8)

(509.7)

Included in cash above is £13.8m (2006: £12.7m) relating to cash collected from customers, which the Group is contracted to pay onto another party.  
A liability for the same amount is included in trade and other payables on the balance sheet and is classified within net debt above. 

 
 
102 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

26 Acquisitions and disposals  
a Acquisition of Protx Group Limited 
On 10 November 2006 the Group completed the acquisition of Protx Group Limited (“Protx”) for a consideration of £21.0m (inclusive of £0.4m related costs). 
Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £14.1m. The fair values of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending final determination  
of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2007 the acquisition contributed £3.6m to 
revenue and £0.9m to profit. 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill in the  
financial statements. 

Protx acquisition 

Intangible fixed assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Receivables  

Payables  

Taxation 

– Deferred 

Cash and cash equivalents  

Net assets acquired  

Goodwill  

Consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition
£m

Fair value
£m

–

0.5

0.5

(0.6)

–

0.3

0.7

8.9

0.5

0.5

(0.6)

(2.7)

0.3

6.9

14.1

21.0

20.5

0.5

21.0

Goodwill represents the fair value of the assembled workforce at the time of acquisition and other potential future economic benefit that is anticipated will  
be derived from the integration of services offered by Protx with existing product and service offerings within our UK business.  

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of Protx is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  

Cash acquired  

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Protx can be analysed as follows: 

Technology  

Customer relationships  

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

£m

20.5

(0.3)

20.2

£m

2.4

6.5

8.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
103

b Acquisition of Pro-Concept SA 
On 6 April 2007 the Group completed the acquisition of Pro-Concept SA (“Pro-Concept”) for a consideration of £7.6m (inclusive of £0.1m related costs). 
Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £5.5m. The fair values of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending final determination  
of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2007 the acquisition contributed £4.0m to 
revenue and £0.2m to profit. 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill in the  
financial statements. 

Pro-Concept acquisition 

Intangible fixed assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Receivables  

Payables  

Taxation 

– Current 

– Deferred  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Loans 

Retirement benefit obligations 

Deferred income 

Net assets acquired  

Goodwill  

Consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

–

0.6

2.0

(1.4)

(0.1)

–

1.8

(0.5)

–

(1.3)

1.1

2.8

0.6

2.0

(1.4)

(0.1)

(0.4)

1.8

(0.5)

(1.4)

(1.3)

2.1

5.5

7.6

7.6

–

7.6

£m

7.6

(1.8)

5.8

£m

0.6

1.3

0.9

2.8

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2008 accounts.  

The goodwill recognised represents potential synergies, workforce in place and anticipated future benefits from strengthening our market position and 
extending our geographical reach into new areas of Switzerland not currently served by our existing business. 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of Pro-Concept is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  

Cash acquired  

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pro-Concept can be analysed as follows: 

Brand 

Technology  

Customer relationships  

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

 
  
 
 
104 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

26 Acquisitions and disposals (continued) 
c Acquisition of Snowdrop Systems Limited 
On 2 May 2007 the Group completed the acquisition of Snowdrop Systems Limited (“Snowdrop”) for a consideration of £18.9m (inclusive of £0.3m related 
costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £14.6m. The fair values of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending final 
determination of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2007 the acquisition contributed £3.0m to 
revenue and £0.3m to profit. 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill in the  
financial statements. 

Snowdrop acquisition 

Intangible fixed assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Receivables  

Payables  

Taxation 

– Current 

– Deferred  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Deferred income 

Net assets acquired  

Goodwill  

Consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

–

0.3

1.5

(1.1)

(0.3)

–

1.8

(2.0)

0.2

5.9

0.3

1.5

(1.1)

(0.3)

(1.8)

1.8

(2.0)

4.3

14.6

18.9

18.7

0.2

18.9

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2008 accounts.  

The value of goodwill represents anticipated synergies expected to result from integration of operations with our existing UK business, enhancement of our 
complementary product portfolio in the HR and Payroll sector and the value of the acquired workforce. 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of Snowdrop is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  

Cash acquired  

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Snowdrop can be analysed as follows: 

Brand  

Technology 

Customer relationships  

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

£m

18.7

(1.8)

16.9

£m

3.5

0.4

2.0

5.9

 
 
 
  
 
 
105

d Acquisition of XRT SA 
On 13 September 2007 the Group completed the acquisition of a majority interest in XRT SA (“XRT”) for a consideration of £31.9m (inclusive of £1.1m  
related costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £26.8m. The fair values of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending  
final determination of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase, approximately 70% of the voting shares were acquired. The Group is in the process of acquiring the remainder of the outstanding share 
capital. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2007 the acquisition contributed £1.2m to revenue and £0.3m to profit. 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill in the  
financial statements. 

XRT acquisition 

Intangible fixed assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Receivables  

Payables  

Taxation 

– Current 

– Deferred  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Deferred income 

Net assets acquired  

Goodwill  

Consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

1.8

0.4

3.3

(6.6)

(0.7)

0.2

5.6

(3.4)

0.6

9.5

0.4

3.3

(6.6)

(0.7)

(3.0)

5.6

(3.4)

5.1

26.8

31.9

31.9

–

31.9

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2008 accounts.  

Goodwill recognised represents the value of the assembled workforce and prospective economic benefits available from synergies and growth opportunities 
offered by expanding our complementary specialised product offerings in the cash management sector to existing and future customers. 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of XRT is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  

Cash acquired  

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of XRT can be analysed as follows: 

Technology 

Customer relationships  

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

£m

31.9

(5.6)

26.3

£m

5.4

4.1

9.5

 
  
 
 
106 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

26 Acquisitions and disposals (continued) 
e Other acquisitions made in the year 
The following acquisitions, each of the entire share capital of the relevant company, were made during the year: 

•  Isonome Consulting (Pty) Ltd was acquired on 4 December 2006 for a cash consideration of £0.8m (including costs) and a deferred element of £0.2m.  

The fair value of assets acquired was £nil resulting in goodwill of £1.0m. 

•  Australian Flagship Pty Ltd was acquired on 4 December 2006 for a cash consideration of £1.6m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired was 

(£0.1m) resulting in goodwill of £1.7m. 

•  Cogestib Iberica was acquired on 29 December 2006 for a cash consideration of £1.5m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired was £0.3m 

resulting in goodwill of £1.2m. 

•  Xperts SA was acquired on 19 June 2007 for a cash consideration of £1.9m (including costs) and a deferred element of £0.2m. The fair value of assets 

acquired was £0.4m resulting in goodwill of £1.7m. 

•  Creative Software Pte Ltd was acquired on 31 July 2007 for a cash consideration of £4.0m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired was £1.0m 

resulting in goodwill of £3.0m. 

•  KDP Informatique SA was acquired on 31 July 2007 for a cash consideration of £5.6m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired was £1.3m 

resulting in goodwill of £4.3m. 

In addition, the Group acquired the remainder of the minority interest in Baürer Schweiz for a total consideration of £0.9m (including costs). The fair value  
of assets acquired was £0.4m resulting in goodwill of £0.5m. 

Other acquisitions 

Property, plant and equipment  

Inventories 

Receivables 

Payables 

Taxation 

– Current 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Deferred income 

Net assets acquired  

Goodwill  

Consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

0.1

0.1

2.1

(1.6)

(0.1)

4.0

(1.3)

3.3

0.1

0.1

2.1

(1.6)

(0.1)

4.0

(1.3)

3.3

13.4

16.7

16.3

0.4

16.7

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2008 accounts. 

Goodwill represents a combination of the acquired workforce, potential synergies and other probable future economic benefits that it is anticipated will be 
derived from these acquisitions. 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of the other acquisitions is calculated as follows: 

Cash consideration  

Cash acquired  

£m

16.3

(4.0)

12.3

 
 
 
 
 
107

f Contribution of acquisitions 
The contribution to Group revenue and net profit, had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year, has not been disclosed as it would be 
impracticable to determine these amounts due to the following reasons: 

•  Certain of the acquisitions had a different year end to the Group; 
•  Certain of the acquisitions accounted under a different GAAP to the Group, making accounting information not comparable to the rest of the Group; and 
•  In certain instances, accounting information is not sufficient to determine accurately the fair value adjustments that would have been made to the balance 

sheets one year ago. 

g Disposal of the hardware division of Logic Control SA 
On 29 September 2007 the Group disposed of the hardware division of Logic Control SA for £0.9m in cash net of costs. The fair value of net assets  
disposed of was £0.9m resulting in no profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill  

Net assets at disposal  

Profit on disposal  

Total consideration  

Consideration satisfied by:  

Cash  

Deferred consideration  

£m

0.9

0.9

–

0.9

0.9

–

0.9

h Other 
During the year ended 30 September 2007 adjustments were made in respect of goodwill on prior year acquisitions of £15.9m, due to additional cash 
acquisition payments of £3.2m, reduction in deferred consideration of £0.3m and increase in net assets of £13.0m following the re-appraisal of the fair value 
of assets and liabilities. 

i Analysis of net outflow of cash in respect of acquisitions 
The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisitions is calculated as follows: 

Protx 

Pro-Concept 

Snowdrop 

XRT 

Other acquisitions  

Payments in relation to previous years’ acquisitions  

Payment of deferred consideration  

Net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions  

Note

26(a) 

26(b) 

26(c) 

26(d) 

26(e) 

26(h) 

£m

20.2

5.8

16.9

26.3

12.3

3.2

11.5

96.2

 
 
 
108 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

26 Acquisitions and disposals (continued) 
j Analysis of goodwill  
The total additions to goodwill are calculated as follows:  

Protx 

Pro-Concept 

Snowdrop 

XRT 

Other acquisitions  

Adjustments in relation to previous years’ acquisitions  

Net movement in goodwill on acquisitions  

k Analysis of net inflow of cash in respect of disposals  
The inflow of cash and cash equivalents on the disposals is calculated as follows:  

Hardware division of Logic Control SA  

Net cash inflow in respect of disposals  

27 Employees and directors 

Average monthly number of people employed  

By territory  

UK & Ireland  

Mainland Europe  

North America  

Rest of World  

Staff costs 

Wages and salaries  

Social security costs  

Share-based payments  

Other pension costs  

Key management compensation  

Salaries and short-term employee benefits  

Post-employment benefits  

Share-based payments  

The key management figures given above include directors. 

Note 

26(a) 

26(b) 

26(c) 

26(d) 

26(e) 

26(h) 

7 

Note 

26(g) 

£m

14.1

5.5

14.6

26.8

13.4

15.9

90.3

£m

0.9

0.9

2007 
number

2006 
number

2,200

4,703

5,158

1,470

2,031

4,001

3,307

1,171

13,531

10,510

2007
£m

425.7

69.0

8.8

8.0

511.5

2007
£m 

5.7

0.2

1.6

7.5

2006
£m

335.8

57.4

8.8

7.8

409.8

2006
£m

5.8 

0.3 

1.7 

7.8

Note 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109

28 Pension commitments 
The Group has established a number of pension schemes around the world covering many of its employees. All of these schemes are defined contribution 
schemes with the exception of a couple of small schemes in Switzerland, one of which related to an acquisition in the year.  

Pension costs for defined contribution schemes are as follows: 

Defined contribution schemes  

Note 

27  

2007 
£m

7.4

2006
£m

7.4

Defined benefit plan  
The most recent actuarial valuations of the Swiss pension plans was performed by Expertisa AG (2006: Swisscanto). The principal assumptions made by the 
actuaries were:  

Rate of increase in pensionable salaries  

Rate of increase in pensions in payment and deferred pensions  

Mortality assumption  

Discount rate  

Inflation assumption  

Expected return on plan assets  

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations  
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:   

Present value of funded obligations  

Fair value of plan assets  

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet  

2007 
%

2.00

0.50

1.00

3.00

1.00

4.00

2007
 £m

(17.9)

12.6

(5.3)

2006
%

2.00 

0.50 

1.00 

3.00 

2.00 

4.00 

2006
£m

(11.7) 

9.6

(2.1) 

The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectation at the beginning of the period for returns over the entire life of the benefit obligation. 

The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows: 

Bonds 

Equities  

Property  

Other  

£m

3.6

1.5

0.6

6.9

2007 
% 

28.5 

11.9 

4.8 

54.8 

12.6

100.0 

£m

5.2 

2.1 

1.0 

1.3 

9.6

2006
%

55.0

21.8 

10.6 

12.6 

100.0 

The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets underlying the current investment policy. 
Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption yields as at the balance sheet date. Expected returns on equity and property 
investments reflect long-term real rates of return experienced in the respective markets. 

Expected contributions to post employment benefit plans for the year ending 30 September 2008 are £1.1m. 

 
 
 
 
 
110 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

28 Pension commitments (continued) 
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:  

Interest cost  

Expected return on plan assets  

Current service cost  

Total included within staff costs  

The entire cost is included within selling and administrative expenses.  

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:  

Note 

27 

Present value of obligation – 1 October  

Exchange movement  

Business combinations  

Service cost  

Plan participant contributions 

Interest cost  

Benefits paid  

Actuarial gain on benefit obligation  

Present value of obligation – 30 September  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:  

Fair value of plan assets – 1 October  

Exchange movement  

Business combinations  

Expected return on plan assets  

Employer’s contributions  

Employee’s contributions  

Benefits paid  

Actuarial loss on plan assets  

Fair value of plan assets – 30 September  

Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet liability  

At 1 October  

Business combinations (note 26(b)) 

Total expense as recognised in the income statement 

Contributions paid  

Actuarial loss 

At 30 September  

The actual return on plan assets was £7.0m (2006: £0.3m).  

2007 
£m

(0.5)

0.6

(0.7)

(0.6)

2007
 £m

(11.7)

0.3

(5.3)

(0.7)

(0.5)

(0.5)

(5.3)

5.8

2006
£m

(0.3) 

0.4 

(0.5)

(0.4) 

2006
£m

(11.2)

0.2

–

(0.5)

(0.4)

(0.3)

0.3

0.2

(17.9)

(11.7)

2007
 £m

9.6

(0.3)

3.9

0.6

0.5

0.6

5.3

(7.6)

12.6

2007 
£m

(2.1)

(1.4)

(0.6)

0.6

(1.8)

(5.3)

2006 
£m

8.8

(0.2)

–

0.4

0.6

0.4

(0.3)

(0.1)

9.6

2006
£m

(2.3) 

–

(0.4) 

0.6 

–

(2.1) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
History of experience gains and losses  

Present value of defined benefit obligation  

Fair value of plan assets  

Deficit  

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities  

Change in assumptions adjustment on plan assets 

Experience adjustments on plan assets  

Total actuarial loss  

29 Operating lease commitments – minimum lease payments 

Commitments under non-cancellable operating leases expiring: 

Within one year  

Later than one year and less than five years  

After five years  

111

2007 
 £m 

(17.9) 

12.6 

(5.3) 

(5.8) 

– 

7.6 

1.8 

2007 
Vehicles  
plant and  
equipment 
£m 

0.7 

4.0 

– 

4.7 

Property
£m

5.3

40.2

105.3

150.8

2006
£m

(11.7) 

9.6 

(2.1) 

(0.1) 

–

0.1 

–

Property
£m

16.6

73.3

125.1

215.0

2005
£m

(11.2) 

8.8 

(2.4) 

(0.1) 

0.3

(0.1)

0.1

2006
Vehicles 
plant and 
equipment
£m

0.5

2.7

0.1

3.3

The Group leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. These leases have various terms, escalation clauses 
and renewal rights. The Group also leases vehicles, plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 

30 Contingent liabilities 
The Group had no contingent liabilities at 30 September 2007 (2006: none). 

31 Related party transactions 
The Group has taken advantage of the exemption available under IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with its 
subsidiary undertakings. There are no other external related parties. 

32 Post balance sheet events 
On 29 October 2007 the Group announced that it had acquired 100% of KCS Global Holdings Limited in the UK, for an enterprise value of £20.0m.  
The book values of the net liabilities acquired are detailed below: 

Intangible assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Receivables  

Payables  

Deferred income 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loans  

Net liabilities acquired  

In accordance with IFRS 3, the directors will assess the fair values of the net liabilities acquired as further information becomes available.

Book value
£m

0.3

0.2

1.0

(1.1)

(1.6)

0.4

(6.9)

(7.7)

 
 
112 

Notes to the accounts   |   Group 

33 Principal subsidiaries 
Detailed below is a list of those subsidiaries which in the opinion of the directors principally affect the amount of the profit or the amount of the assets  
of the Group. The Group percentage of equity capital and voting rights is 100% and nature of business is software and the provision of related services. 

Incorporated subsidiaries 
Name  

Sage (UK) Limited  

Sage Hibernia Limited  

Sage Software, Inc.  

Sage Software SB, Inc.  

Sage Accpac International, Inc.  

Sage Payment Solutions, Inc.  

Sage Software Healthcare, Inc.  

Sage Accpac Canada Inc.  

Ciel SAS  

Sage SAS  

Adonix SAS  

Elit Group SAS 

XRT SA 

Sage Software GmbH & Co KG  

Sage Baürer GmbH  

Sage Schweiz AG  

Sage Simultan AG  

Sage Pro-Concept S.A. 

Sage SP, S.A.  

Sage Logic Control, S.A.  

Sage Symfonia SP z.o.o.  

Micropay (Pty) Ltd  

Handisoft Software (Pty) Ltd  

Sage Business Solutions (Pty) Ltd  

Softline (Pty) Ltd  

Sage Software Asia Pte Ltd 

UBS Corporation Bhd  

Sage China Limited  

Country of incorporation

UK

Ireland

US

US

US

US

US

Canada

France

France

France

France

France

Germany

Germany

Switzerland

Switzerland

Switzerland

Spain

Spain

Poland

Australia

Australia

Australia

South Africa

Singapore

Malaysia

China

 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report   |   Group 

Independent auditors’ report to  
the members of The Sage Group plc 

113

Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board.  
An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to  
the amounts and disclosures in the Group financial statements. It also 
includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments  
made by the directors in the preparation of the Group financial statements, 
and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s 
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and 
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with 
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Group financial 
statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud  
or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated  
the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the Group  
financial statements. 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 
•  The Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance 

with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the state of the Group’s 
affairs as at 30 September 2007 and of its profit and cash flows for the 
year then ended; 

•  The Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the  
IAS Regulation; and 

•  The information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the Group 

financial statements. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  
18 January 2008 

We have audited the Group financial statements of The Sage Group plc  
for the year ended 30 September 2007 which comprise the Consolidated 
income statement, the Consolidated statement of recognised income and 
expense, the Consolidated balance sheet, the Consolidated cash flow 
statement, and the related notes. These Group financial statements have 
been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. 

We have reported separately on the parent Company financial statements  
of The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2007 and on  
the information in the Remuneration report that is described as having  
been audited. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the Group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union 
are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities. 

Our responsibility is to audit the Group financial statements in accordance 
with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards 
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has been 
prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance 
with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose.  
We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or  
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing. 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group financial statements 
give a true and fair view and whether the Group financial statements have 
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion 
the information given in the Directors' report is consistent with the Group 
financial statements. The information given in the Directors’ report includes 
that specific information presented in the Business review that is cross 
referred from the Business review of the Directors’ report. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the 
information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information 
specified by law regarding director’s remuneration and other transactions  
is not disclosed. 

We review whether the Corporate governance statement reflects the 
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the Combined Code 
(2003) specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services 
Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to consider 
whether the Board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and 
controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate 
governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider 
whether it is consistent with the audited Group financial statements.  
The other information comprises only the Chairman’s welcome, the 
Business review, the Directors’ report, the Corporate governance statement 
and the non-audited information in the Remuneration report. We consider 
the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent 
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Group financial 
statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

 
114 

Financial statements   |   Company 

Company balance sheet 
At 30 September 2007 
Prepared using UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”) 

Fixed assets  

Investments  

Current assets  

Debtors  

Cash at bank and in hand  

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year  

Net current (liabilities)/assets  

Total assets less current liabilities  

Note 

2007 
£m

 2006 
£m

1 

2 

1,544.0

1,544.0

1,475.7

1,475.7

899.5

–

899.5

939.2

1.4

 940.6

3  

(982.4)

(777.7) 

(82.9)

162.9 

1,461.1

1,638.6

Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year  

4  

(561.3)

(660.9) 

Net assets  

Capital and reserves  

Called up equity share capital  

Share premium  

Treasury shares  

Merger reserve  

Profit and loss account  

Equity shareholders’ funds  

899.8

977.7 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7  

13.0

478.2

(13.3)

61.1

360.8

899.8

12.9

462.8

(13.3)

61.1

454.2

977.7

The financial statements on pages 114 to 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 January 2008 and are signed on their behalf by: 

A J Hobson  
Chairman  

P A Walker 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

Notes to the accounts   |   Company 

Notes to the accounts – Company 
For the year ended 30 September 2007 

BParent Company accounting policies  
Ba Basis of accounting 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention with the exception of share-based payments which are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant and in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom. A summary of the 
more important Company accounting policies, which have been consistently applied, is set out below. 

Bb Foreign currency translation 
Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the year-end. Differences arising on the re-translation of  
the net investments and the results for the year are taken directly to reserves together with differences on foreign currency borrowings to the extent  
that they are used to finance or provide a hedge against equity investments in foreign enterprises. All other exchange differences are dealt with in the  
profit and loss account. 

Bc Deferred tax 
Deferred tax is accounted for under FRS 19, which requires a form of full provision for accounting for deferred tax, called the incremental liability approach. 
Deferred tax is provided on timing differences where the Company has an obligation to pay more tax in the future as a result of those timing differences. 
Deferred tax assets are only recognised if it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying 
timing differences can be deducted. 

As permitted by FRS 19, the Company has adopted a policy of not discounting deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

Bd Investments 
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any diminution in value. 

Be Parent Company profit and loss account 
The amount of loss for the financial year before dividends within the accounts of the parent Company is £52.4m (2006: £16.0m loss). There is no material 
difference between the profits and losses as reported above and historical cost profits and losses and there are no other gains or losses in the year. 

No profit and loss account is presented for the Company as permitted by section 230 of the Companies Act 1985. 

Bf Share-based payments 
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding 
the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based 
payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest allowing  
for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

The Company also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value at the 
date of the grant. The Company records an expense, based on its estimate of the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. 

Bg Cash flow statement 
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Sage Group plc and is included in the consolidated financial statements of The Sage Group plc, which  
are publicly available. Consequently, the Company has taken advantage of the exemption from preparing a cash flow statement under the terms of FRS 1.  

 
0
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
1
116 

Notes to the accounts   |   Company 

B1 Investments 
Equity interests in subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Cost 

At 1 October 2006  

Additions in year  

At 30 September 2007  

Provision for diminution in value at 30 September 2006 and 2007  

Net book value  

At 30 September 2007  

At 30 September 2006 

£m

1,475.7

68.3

1,544.0

–

1,544.0

1,475.7

The additions in the year represent investments both in new and existing subsidiary undertakings. 

Principal trading subsidiary undertakings, included in the Group accounts at 30 September 2007, are shown in note 33 of the Group financial statements.  
All of these subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned and are engaged in the development, distribution and support of business management software and 
related products and services for small and medium-sized businesses. 

B2 Debtors 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings  

Other debtors  

Taxation recoverable  

B3 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Bank overdraft 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings  

Accruals  

B4 Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year    
BLoans  
Amounts falling due: 

In more than two years but not more than five years  

B5 Called up equity share capital 

BAuthorised  

1,860,000,000 (2006: 1,860,000,000) ordinary shares of 1p each 

BIssued and fully paid  

At 1 October  

Allotted under share option schemes  

At 30 September  

2007 
£m

893.2

1.1

5.2

899.5

2007
£m

1.3

980.2

0.9

982.4

2007 
£m

561.3

561.3

2007 
£m 

18.6

2006 
shares

2007 
shares

2007  
£m 

1,294,280,944

12.9  1,285,318,582

9,879,210

0.1 

8,962,362

1,304,160,154

13.0  1,294,280,944 

2006 
£m

933.4

1.3

4.5

939.2

2006
£m

–

777.0 

0.7 

777.7 

2006
£m

660.9 

660.9 

2006 
£m

18.6

2006 
£m

12.8

0.1

12.9 

 
 
 
1
 
 
2
 
 
1
3
 
 
1
4
 
2
5
 
1
5
2
6
 
2
7
117

BPotential issues of ordinary shares 
Certain senior executives hold options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 50.86p to 721.00p under the share option schemes 
approved by shareholders. The number of shares subject to options, the periods in which they were granted and the periods in which they may be exercised 
are given below: 

Date of grant 

17 December 1997  

20 January 1998  

20 April 1998  

15 May 1998  

16 December 1998  

7 June 1999  

11 February 2000  

23 February 2000  

24 May 2000  

10 January 2001  

17 January 2001  

16 May 2001  

2 January 2002  

31 December 2002  

12 May 2003  

24 December 2003  

24 May 2004  

6 January 2005  

12 May 2005  

10 January 2006  

10 January 2007 

20 June 2007 

Exercise price 
pence

81.10p

98.75p

17 December 2000 – 17 December 2007 

Exercise period 

2007
number

15,000

20 January 2001 – 20 January 2008 

150,000

50.86p – 92.61p

8 August 1999 – 2 March 2009 

–

2006
number

680,000

150,000

708,460

140.00p

136.00p

204.50p

15 May 2001 – 15 May 2008 

588,480

1,008,110

16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008 

1,290,475

2,094,710

7 June 2002 – 7 June 2009 

1,059,500

1,352,500

275.50p – 562.91p

11 February 2000 – 6 January 2010 

119,137

158,065

721.00p

542.50p

301.00p

329.75p

264.00p

228.50p

134.00p

147.00p

171.00p

172.00p

198.00p

206.00p

258.50p

270.00p

248.00p

23 February 2003 – 23 February 2010 

24 May 2003 – 24 May 2010 

31,250

19,037

31,250

19,037

10 January 2004 – 10 January 2011 

2,713,403

2,975,643

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011 

581,137

581,137

16 May 2004 – 16 May 2011 

1,795,696

2,096,431

2 January 2005 – 2 January 2012 

3,758,614

4,520,285

31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012 

2,933,693

4,621,782

12 May 2006 – 12 May 2013 

1,365,985

2,288,047

24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013 

8,083,316

11,110,075

24 May 2007 – 24 May 2014 

269,493

320,351

6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015 

4,544,001

5,268,627

12 May 2008 – 12 May 2015 

1,983,695

2,150,367

10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016 

5,894,597

6,458,797

10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017 

8,119,550

20 June 2010 – 20 June 2017 

247,220

–

–

45,563,279

48,593,674

Under the above scheme, 9,499,389 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £14,478,090. 

Under the Group’s long-term incentive plan for certain senior executives approved by shareholders on 3 March 2005, the following awards have been made: 

Date of award  

18 March 2005  

12 May 2005  

10 January 2006  

10 January 2007 

20 June 2007 

Vesting date  

2007
number 

2006
number

18 March 2008  

1,808,170

1,841,204 

12 May 2008  

210,588

242,626 

10 January 2009  

2,348,990

2,469,883

10 January 2010 

2,793,003

20 June 2010 

33,000

–

–

7,193,751

4,553,713

 
 
 
3
 
 
 
 
 
118 

Notes to the accounts   |   Company 

B5 Called up equity share capital (continued) 
In addition, options were granted under the terms of The Sage Group plc 1996 Savings-related Share Option Scheme approved by members on 7 February 
1996 up to 2005 and thereafter under the new scheme approved by the members at the Annual General Meeting on 2 March 2006, as follows: 

Date of grant  

1 March 2000  

1 March 2001  

1 March 2002  

1 March 2002  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2003  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2004  

1 March 2005  

1 March 2005  

1 March 2005  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2006  

1 August 2007 

1 August 2007 

Exercise price 
pence 

499.00p

240.00p

180.40p

180.40p

112.00p

112.00p

112.00p

140.00p

140.00p

140.00p

157.00p

157.00p

157.00p

184.00p

184.00p

184.00p

203.00p

203.00p

Exercise period  

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 

1 March 2006 – 31 August 2006 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 

1 March 2007 – 31 August 2007 

1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 

1 March 2011 – 31 August 2011 

1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 

1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 

1 March 2012 – 31 August 2012 

1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010 

1 August 2011 – 31 January 2012 

1 August 2013 – 31 January 2014 

1 August 2012 – 31 January 2013 

1 August 2014 – 31 January 2015 

2007
number 

–

1,531

–

6,575

–

132,064

14,579

–

104,954

34,744

331,306

121,915

19,422

930,309

241,173

35,308

168,521

35,319

2006 
number

1,840

1,531

24,763

6,575

4,050

146,729

14,579

335,654

126,312

37,140

365,531

128,230

19,422

1,069,966

258,043

46,830

–

–

2,849,286

2,587,195

Under the above scheme, 379,821 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £540,736. 

The market price of the shares of the Company at 30 September 2007 was 249.25p and the highest and lowest prices during the year were 277.75p and 
220.50p respectively. 

BShare–based payments 
The grants and related accounting treatment adopted by the Company under FRS 20 “Share-based Payment”, are identical to that adopted by the Group 
under IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”. For details please refer to note 19 in the Group financial statements. 

B6 Reserves  

At 1 October 2006  

New shares issued  

Retained loss for the year  

Dividends  

Equity-settled transactions  

At 30 September 2007 

Share 
premium 
account
£m

462.8

15.4

–

–

–

Treasury
shares
£m

(13.3)

Merger  
reserve 
£m 

61.1 

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

478.2

(13.3)

61.1 

Profit and 
loss account
£m

454.2

–

(52.4)

(49.0)

8.0

360.8

Total
£m

964.8

15.4

(52.4)

(49.0)

8.0

886.8

 
 
 
4
 
 
2
3
5
119

B7 Shareholders’ funds and statement of changes in shareholders’ equity 

At 1 October 2006  

New shares issued  

Retained loss for the year  

Dividends  

Equity-settled transactions  

At 30 September 2007 

Share capital 
£m  

Reserves 
£m

12.9  

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

13.0 

964.8 

15.4

(52.4)

(49.0)

8.0

886.8

Total
£m

977.7

15.5

(52.4)

(49.0)

8.0

899.8

BTreasury shares 
The Group holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the market 
for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The amounts shown in the treasury shares reserve at 30 September each year 
would be deducted in determining the distributable profits of the Company at that date. 

Interests in own shares represent the cost of £13,272,933 of the Company’s ordinary shares (nominal value of £47,556) purchased in February 2006.  
These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company to meet obligations under the performance share plan. 
The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. The market 
value of the shares at 30 September 2007 was £11.8m (2006: £11.8m). 

B8 Operating lease commitments – minimum lease payments 
The Company had no operating lease commitments during the year (2006: £nil). 

B9 Capital commitments and contingent liabilities 
The Company had no capital commitments or contingent liabilities at 30 September 2007 (2006: none). 

B10 Related party transactions 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under FRS 8 “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with its 
subsidiary undertakings. There are no other external related parties. 

 
 
 
6
 
2
4
7
8
9
120 

Independent auditors’ report   |   Company 

Independent auditors’ report to 
the members of The Sage Group plc 

BBasis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit 
includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts 
and disclosures in the parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Remuneration report to be audited. It also includes an assessment of the 
significant estimates and judgments made by the directors in the preparation 
of the parent Company financial statements and of whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the Company’s circumstances, consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and 
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with 
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the parent Company 
financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited 
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other 
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall 
adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent Company financial 
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited. 

BOpinion 
In our opinion: 
•  The parent Company financial statements give a true and fair view,  
in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2007; 

•  The parent Company financial statements and the part of the 

Remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and 

•  The information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the parent 

Company financial statements. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  
18 January 2008 

We have audited the parent Company financial statements of The Sage 
Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2007 which comprise the 
Balance sheet and the related notes. These parent Company financial 
statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out 
therein. We have also audited the information in the Remuneration report 
that is described as having been audited. 

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of  
The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2007. 

BRespective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration report and the parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the 
Statement of directors’ responsibilities. 

Our responsibility is to audit the parent Company financial statements  
and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited in accordance with 
relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has been 
prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance 
with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose.  
We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or  
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing. 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent Company financial 
statements give a true and fair view and whether the parent Company 
financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited 
have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. 
We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the 
Directors’ report is consistent with the parent Company financial statements. 
The information given in the Directors’ report includes that specific 
information presented in the Business review that is cross referred from  
the Business review of the Directors’ report. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept 
proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law 
regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider 
whether it is consistent with the audited parent Company financial 
statements. The other information comprises only the Chairman’s welcome, 
the Business review, the Directors’ report, the Corporate governance 
statement and the non-audited information in the Remuneration report.  
We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any 
apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent 
Company financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to  
any other information. 

 
 
 
1
0
1
1
1
2
 
The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

121

Additional
information

122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

About Sage
2007 financial highlights

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

06 Business review
08 Group strategy

and performance

12 Our business and markets
16 Regional review
16 – UK & Ireland
20 – Mainland Europe
24 – North America
28 – Rest of World
32 Financial review
36 Risk factors
38 Corporate responsibility

42 Governance
44 Board of Directors
and advisers
46 Directors’ report
51 Corporate governance

statement

56 Remuneration report

68 Financial statements
70 Financial statements

– Group

73 Notes to the accounts

– Group

113 Independent auditors’ report

– Group

114 Financial statements

– Company

115 Notes to the accounts

– Company

120 Independent auditors’ report

– Company

121 Additional information
122 Notice of meeting
124 Shareholder information

e
g
a
S
t
u
o
b
A

i

w
e
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

122 

Additional information   |   Notice of meeting 

Notice of meeting 

Notice is hereby given that the twentieth Annual General Meeting of  
The Sage Group plc will be held at North Park, Newcastle upon Tyne  
NE13 9AA at 10.00am on 28 February 2008 for the following purposes: 

To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions, of which 
resolutions 1 to 10 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and 
resolutions 11 to 13 (inclusive) will be proposed as special resolutions: 

1 To receive and consider the audited accounts for the year ended  
30 September 2007 together with the reports of the directors and  
the auditors. 

2 To declare a final dividend recommended by the directors of 5.73p  
per ordinary share for the year ended 30 September 2007 to be paid on  
7 March 2008 to members whose names appear on the register at the  
close of business on 8 February 2008. 

3 To re-elect Mr A J Hobson as a director. 

4 To re-elect Ms T Ingram as a director. 

5 To elect Mr I Mason as a director. 

6 To elect Mr D H Clayton as a director. 

12 That the Company be and is hereby granted general and unconditional 
authority to make one or more market purchases (within the meaning of 
section 166 of the Companies Act 1985) of ordinary shares in the capital  
of the Company on such terms and in such manner as the directors shall 
determine PROVIDED THAT: 

•  The maximum number of ordinary shares which may be acquired  

pursuant to this authority is 130,416,015 ordinary shares in the capital  
of the Company; 

•  This authority shall expire on 31 March 2009, or if earlier, at the 

conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting; and 

•  The minimum price which may be paid for each such ordinary share is  
its nominal value and the maximum price is the higher of 105% of the 
average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived 
from The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business 
days immediately before the purchase is made and the amount stipulated 
by article 5 (1) of the Buy-back and Stabilisation Regulation 2003 (in each 
case exclusive of expenses). 

13 That with effect from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting,  
the articles of association produced to the meeting and initialled by the 
Chairman of the meeting for the purpose of identification be adopted as  
the articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the 
exclusion of, the existing articles of association. 

7 To elect Mr M E Rolfe as a director. 

By Order of the Board 

8 To re-appoint Messrs PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to the 
Company and to authorise the directors to determine their remuneration. 

M J Robinson 
Secretary 

Registered office: 
North Park, Newcastle upon Tyne NE13 9AA 
18 January 2008 

9 To approve the Remuneration report forwarded to shareholders with this 
Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

10 That: 

•  Subject to and in accordance with article 6 of the Company’s articles of 
association, the directors be authorised to allot relevant securities up to  
a maximum nominal amount of £4,347,333; 

•  All previous authorities under section 80 of the Companies Act 1985 shall 

cease to have effect; and 

•  This authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company. 

11 That: 

•  Subject to and in accordance with article 7 of the Company’s articles of 

association, the directors be given power to allot equity securities for cash 
and that, for the purposes of paragraph 1(b) of article 7, the nominal 
amount to which this power is limited is £652,100; and 

•  The power given to directors by this resolution be extended to sales for 
cash of any shares which the Company may hold as treasury shares. 

 
 
Financial Statements | Group  

123

Notes: 
(i) A member entitled to attend and to speak and vote at the meeting may appoint one 
or more proxies to attend and to speak and vote instead of him/her. A proxy need not 
also be a member. You may appoint more than one proxy provided that each proxy  
is appointed to exercise rights attaching to different shares. If you wish your proxy  
to speak on your behalf at the Annual General Meeting you will need to appoint your  
own choice of proxy (not the Chairman) and give your instructions directly to them. 

(ii) To be valid, a Form of Proxy and any power of attorney or other authority (if any) 
under which it is signed (or a duly certified copy thereof) must be lodged with the 
Company’s Registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, BN99 6DX,  
or received via the sharevote website, no later than 10.00am on 26 February 2008.  
The completion and return of a Form of Proxy will not prevent a member who wishes  
to do so from attending and voting in person. A Form of Proxy which may be used  
to make such appointment and give proxy instructions accompanies this notice.  
In relation to appointing a proxy through the CREST electronic proxy appointment 
service, please see note (xii) below.  

(ix) Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 
146 of the Companies Act 2006 to enjoy information rights (a “Nominated Person”) 
may, under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder by whom he/she was 
nominated (the “Relevant Member”), have a right to be appointed (or to have someone 
else appointed) as a proxy for the Annual General Meeting. If a Nominated Person has 
no such proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under  
any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the Relevant Member as to the 
exercise of voting rights. Your main point of contact in terms of your investment in the 
Company remains the Relevant Member (or, perhaps, your custodian or broker) and 
you should continue to contact them (and not the Company) regarding any changes  
or queries relating to your personal details and your interest in the Company (including 
any administrative matters). The only exception to this is where the Company expressly 
requests a response from you. 

(x) The statement of the rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies 
in note (i) above does not apply to Nominated Persons. The rights described in these 
paragraphs can only be exercised by shareholders of the Company. 

(iii) If you do not have a Form of Proxy and believe you should have one, or if  
you require additional forms, please contact the Company’s registrars, Equiniti,  
on 0870 600 3970. 

(iv) In light of the current uncertainty regarding the application of certain provisions  
of the Companies Act 2006 in relation to corporate representatives, and in order to 
facilitate voting by corporate representatives at the meeting, arrangements will be put  
in place at the meeting so that: 

• If a corporate shareholder has appointed the Chairman of the meeting as its 

corporate representative to vote on a poll in accordance with the directions of all the 
other corporate representatives for that shareholder at the meeting, then on a poll 
those corporate representatives will give voting directions to the Chairman and the 
Chairman will vote (or withhold a vote) as corporate representative in accordance with 
those directions; and 

• If more than one corporate representative for the same corporate shareholder attends 
the meeting but the corporate shareholder has not appointed the Chairman of the 
meeting as its corporate representative, a designated corporate representative will be 
nominated, from those corporate representatives who attend, who will vote on a poll 
and the other corporate representatives will give voting directions to that designated 
corporate representative.  

Corporate shareholders are referred to the guidance issued by the Institute of 
Chartered Secretaries and Administrators on proxies and corporate representatives 
(www.icsa.org.uk) for further details of this procedure. The guidance includes a sample 
form of appointment letter if the Chairman is being appointed as described above. 
These arrangements may, however, be amended (if necessary) in order to reflect any 
developments in best practice prior to the Annual General Meeting. 

(v) Copies of the service contracts and terms of appointment of the directors are 
available for inspection at North Park, Newcastle-upon-Tyne NE13 9AA during normal 
business hours on any weekday (public holidays excepted) and will be available at  
the Annual General Meeting (for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the meeting). 

(vi) The Company, pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001, specifies that only those members registered in the register of 
members of the Company as at 6.00pm on 26 February 2008 or, in the event that  
this meeting is adjourned, in the register of members 48 hours before the time of  
any adjourned meeting shall be entitled to attend or vote at the meeting in respect  
of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. Changes to entries in  
the register of members after 6.00pm on 26 February 2008 or, in the event that this 
meeting is adjourned, in the register of members 48 hours before the time of any 
adjourned meeting shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to 
attend or vote at the meeting. 

(vii) Copies of the existing articles of association and proposed new articles of 
association are available for inspection at the offices of the Company at North Park, 
Newcastle upon Tyne NE13 9AA and at the offices of Allen & Overy, One Bishop’s 
Square, London E1 6AO during normal business hours on any weekday (public 
holidays excepted) from the date of this notice and at the place of the meeting  
from 9.45am until the close of the meeting. 

(viii) If you return paper and electronic proxy instructions, those received last  
by the Registrar before the latest time for receipt of proxies will take precedence.  
You are advised to read the website terms and conditions of use carefully.  
Electronic communication facilities are available to all shareholders and those  
who use them will not be disadvantaged. 

(xi) As at 17 January 2008 (being the last business day prior to the publication of  
this Notice) the Company’s issued share capital consists of 1,304,699,870 ordinary 
shares, carrying one vote each. Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as  
at 17 January 2008 are 1,304,699,870. 

(xii) CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Annual General Meeting and 
any adjournment(s) of that meeting by using the procedures described in the CREST 
Manual. CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those 
CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate 
action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using  
the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy 
Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited’s (“EUI”) specifications and must contain the information required for such 
instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether  
it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or an amendment to the instruction given  
to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to  
be received by the issuer's agent (ID 7RA01) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy 
appointments specified in note (ii) above. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be 
taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the 
CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message 
by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change  
of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the 
appointee through other means. CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers should note that EUI does not make available 
special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings  
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions.  
It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a 
voting service provider(s), to procure that his/her CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service 
providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The Company may treat as 
invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a)  
of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001. 

(xiii) If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your shares in The Sage Group plc 
please forward this document, together with the form(s) of proxy as soon as possible  
to the purchaser or other agent through or to whom the sale or transfer was effected 
for transmission to the purchaser or transferee. 

(xiv) Except as provided above, members who have general queries about the  
Annual General Meeting should use the following means of communication (no other 
methods of communication will be accepted): calling our shareholder helpline on  
0870 600 3970; or writing to the Company’s Registrars, Equiniti, Aspect House, 
Spencer Road, Lancing, BN99 6DA. You may not use any electronic address provided 
either in this Notice or any related documents (including the Chairman’s welcome and 
Form of Proxy) to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those  
expressly stated. 

|

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

g
n
i
t
e
e
m

f
o
e
c
i
t
o
N

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124 

Additional information   |   Shareholder information 

Shareholder information 

Financial calendar 
Annual General Meeting  

Dividend payments 

Final payable – year ended 30 September 2007  

Interim payable – period ending 31 March 2008 

Results announcements 

Interim results – period ending 31 March 2008 

Final results – year ending 30 September 2008  

28 February 2008

7 March 2008

June 2008

7 May 2008

3 December 2008

Shareholder information online 
The Sage Group plc’s registrars are able to notify shareholders by e-mail of the availability of an electronic version of shareholder information. Whenever new 
shareholder information becomes available, such as The Sage Group plc’s interim and full year results, Equiniti Limited will notify you by e-mail and you will  
be able to access, read and print documents at your own convenience. 

To take advantage of this service for future communications, please go to www.shareview.co.uk and select “Shareholder Centre”, where full details of the 
shareholder portfolio service are provided. When registering for this service, you will need to have your eight character account number to hand, which is 
shown on your dividend tax voucher, share certificate or form of proxy. 

Should you change your mind at a later date, you may amend your request to receive electronic communication by entering your shareview portfolio online 
and amending your preferred method of communication from “e-mail” to “post”. If you wish to continue receiving shareholder information in the usual printed 
form, there is no need to take any action. 

Registrars 
Equiniti Limited  
The Causeway 
Worthing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA 

www.shareview.co.uk 
Tel: 0870 600 3970 
(from outside the UK: +44 (0)121 415 7047) 
Fax: 0870 600 3981 
(from outside the UK: +44 (0)121 415 7057) 

Information for investors 
Information for investors is provided on the internet as part of the Group’s website which can be found at: www.sage.com/investors 

Investor enquiries 
Enquiries can be directed via our website or by contacting our Investor Relations department: 

Cynthia Alers 
Director of Investor Relations 
+44 (0) 191 294 3000 
Tel:  
+44 (0) 191 294 0002 
Fax:  

The Sage Group plc 
Registered office: 
North Park 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE13 9AA 
Registered in England number 2231246 

 
 
 
 
 
The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Sage is one of the leading global suppliers of
business management software and services
to small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”).
Operating in 20 countries worldwide, we aim to
help our customers manage their businesses
more efficiently through the provision of locally
tailored products and quality support service.

2007 financial highlights

Revenue
£1,157.6m
2006: £892.4m*

+30%*

Adjusted EPS**
13.34p

2006: 11.83p^ +13%^

EBITA† margin

2006: 26%*

24%

Total dividend
7.00p
2006: 3.59p

+95%

EBITA†
£283.2m

2006: £235.9m* +20%*

Adjusted pre-tax profit**
£251.3m

2006: £221.3m^ +14%^

Cash generation from operations
Cash flows from operating
activities/EBITA
2006: 107%

112%

Revenue

£m

Adjusted pre-tax profit**

£m

Adjusted EPS**

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

1,157.6
935.6
759.6
687.6
560.3

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

251.3
234.7
196.4
181.1
151.0

2007
2006
2005
2004
2003

pence

13.34
12.54
10.49
9.90
8.16

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2006 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2007 of $1.98/£1

and a1.48/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets, prior year gain on disposal of £2.7m.
† Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of intangible fixed assets (EBITA) and prior year gain on disposal in North America of £2.7m.
^ After neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.
Figures included in the graphs above for the years 2003 and 2004 reported under UK GAAP and the results of all comparative years have not been retranslated to current year exchange rates.

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar (London) www.ry.com

Board photography by Andy Wilson

Printed by Granite

This report is printed on Revive 50:50 which is made from 50% recovered
fibre and 50% virgin wood fibre from sustainable forests. It is FSC certified
and produced at a mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 certificate
for environmental management.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited chain
of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the finished
document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control for an environmental management system
against which an organisation can be credited by a third party.

The CO2 emissions from the production and distribution of this report have been
neutralised through UK forestry in Donkleywood, Northumberland National Park.

www.sage.com

TT-COC-2238

The Sage Group plc
North Park
Newcastle Upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

www.sage.com

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Leading supplier of software
and services to over 5 million
customers worldwide

T
h
e
S
a
g
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
7